Advertisement
Guest User

Reincarnator mtl Greenzone part 1

a guest
Apr 25th, 2017
753
0
Never
Not a member of Pastebin yet? Sign Up, it unlocks many cool features!
text 309.06 KB | None | 0 0
  1. <65. Rhetoric (1)>
  2.  
  3.  
  4. The empire capital. Kirkis.
  5. 'Hmm.'
  6. Someone rushed back to Tiamat, who was sitting in the middle of Baekryong Ran,
  7. The Imperial Magister's Captain.
  8. Gran Cain.
  9. His age is already 80, and even though he is not stronger than three in the Empire, his steps toward Tiamat were careful.
  10. Cain, who came up close to the tension of the whole body, carefully opened his mouth toward Tiamat.
  11. "We're almost ready for the bombardier, and if you use Lancome's stakes as a mediator after the stabilization, you can attack them anytime."
  12. Tiamat, who sat at the end of the horse, replied in a heavy tone.
  13. "Before the attack, once again use the player to send an ultimatum, give up."
  14. "... Okay."
  15. 'Surprise attack, even if you erase it at once, but on the harsh edition. It is a confession. Why are you doing this? '
  16. I thought Grancain could not understand it, but it did not appear on the outside.
  17. For them Tiamat is a god, nothing else.
  18. A moment when Gran Cain carefully tried to step back.
  19. Suddenly Tiamat narrowed his legs and began to look at Cain.
  20. Cain, embarrassed by the attitude of Tiamat, asked with an embarrassed look.
  21. "Why?"
  22. The expression that Tiamat is making is a disgusting expression.
  23. 'Maybe if I give you something to plant ...?'
  24. Cain was embarrassed and checked every single act of his own, but he did not feel anything.
  25. But Tiamat did not look at Cain.
  26. Beyond the cain, I looked somewhere far north.
  27. '... Zhang Oh. This pathetic child. I gave it to you. "
  28. Kururur.
  29. Cain, who is in front of me because he is too far away, has not noticed, but he can feel himself.
  30. This energy is so familiar to not notice.
  31. Tiamat got up from his seat, feeling a feeble but so nostalgic thrust from the far north.
  32. Cain stammered at the sudden action of such a Tiamatt and suddenly opened his mouth.
  33. "Tiamat, I do not know anything ..."
  34. "Go."
  35. "Yeah?"
  36. Seeing Cain like that, Tiamat opened his mouth silently.
  37. "Go to the captive captivity."
  38. Cuddle.
  39. Tiamat, who had pulled out Lancome's pile from the floor in front of her eyes, got cold.
  40.  
  41. ...........................
  42.  
  43. Kurrerrer.
  44. '... ship?'
  45. Hansoo felt the body slowly began to float in the air began to quickly grasp the situation.
  46. In fact, it 's your own idea that a huge colony flying in the air is a space ship, it might or might not be right.
  47. The most important thing is one.
  48. First, is it safe?
  49. I looked at a huge engine that was emitting light as if Kang was going to burst.
  50. This guy seemed to be made of a skill he did not know himself, and seemed to be a level of skill that he could not compare with when he lived on earth, but unfortunately the years left underground were too long.
  51. There is no one who can manage it.
  52. The worst thing is that the engine rushes and bursts, or somehow falls into the air and crashes.
  53. It will not die to the extent of falling, but it will be a big deal if the engine is runaway and it explodes.
  54. I can not easily see the enormous energy that I feel there, even if it is a soul.
  55. No, even if it falls.
  56. It will be fine, but there will be all kinds of spirits that are supplying energetic energy there.
  57. Then there is no difference from the runaway.
  58. 'Let's see.'
  59. Hooooooooooooo
  60. There is one thing useful for this.
  61. Hansoo spreads the black-and-white fiercely, so I started to look at the whole engine, every corner.
  62. If it is dangerous, it is the spirit, and I have to evacuate now and get as far away as possible.
  63. It might be right to evacuate immediately, but there was one reason why it was left.
  64. Why Methuselah sent himself here.
  65. If you are convinced at a glance that this unusual space ship does not pop up, you may be able to find out more about it.
  66. Woo Woong!
  67. Kiriri Lick!
  68. The clouds that extended to the center of the body of Hansoo began to permeate everywhere in the engine room where the huge spheres were located.
  69. From the pipes supplying the engine energy to the engine.
  70. Various facilities that do not let enormous energy run.
  71. From the enormous amount of energy to the core facilities of the engine, which makes it possible to overcome gravity and rise to the sky.
  72. Of course, Hansoo was not trying to understand the techniques or principles used here.
  73. It will take an entire month for you to understand the technology that seems unusual even at a glance.
  74. One thing that Han has focused on.
  75. Flow of energy.
  76. What is more important than the total amount of energy is how well these energies are controlled.
  77. After a while.
  78. Hooooooooooooo
  79. The black clouds, which looked at the whole flow of the huge engine, got out and went back into Han's body.
  80. Hansoo, who had a good sense of darkness in his body, concluded.
  81. 'I do not think there will be a problem.'
  82. Surprisingly, this huge engine had been in operation for hundreds of years, but it had very tight control over the enormous energy of its tremors.
  83. The flow of energy looks so beautiful.
  84. It was a feeling of looking at a single artistic work as we watched the flow of energy bursting from where we needed to flow to where we needed to be without any error.
  85. I have tried to figure out how to interfere with the black-and-white, but the refined and robust flow has been to do my job, even excluding simple interference.
  86. If this is the case, it is safe to say that there is no crushing or crashing right now.
  87. After excluding the most dangerous possibilities, Hansoo recalled the following possibilities.
  88. 'Can you steer?'
  89. I was curious about the material that would be contained in this ship rather than the pilot.
  90. And Hansoo was able to find something that would contain the answer without difficulty.
  91. 'I think that's the role of control.'
  92. Hansoo approached a panel next to a gigantic sphere, obvious to the players.
  93. Kirliel Lick.
  94. Keying.
  95. The panel with a lot of yellow letters on a blue background looked small from a distance, but it seemed small compared to a giant sphere.
  96. A huge screen that is 5m in width and 2m in height.
  97. Such a screen was floated with something of a huge sphere.
  98. 'globe?'
  99. A huge globe, which I saw in my childhood, was spinning around on the screen.
  100. With information of continents, mountains, sea and lakes.
  101. 'Is this the information of the planet we are standing on?'
  102. It is a spaceship.
  103. Of course, there is nothing strange about floating one of these maps.
  104. Hansoo touches the screen and a giant planet revolves around and shows a different angle.
  105. Turning around one wheel, Kang muttered into the inside, confirming the form roughly.
  106. 'It's different from where I used to live. Well .... That's for granted. '
  107. The accumulation showed not only the shape but also the size itself was much larger than the earth.
  108. However, only one map floating in the air was too much data.
  109. No, in the beginning, the map now only displays roughly rough terrain, but it does not support the most basic feature of map, the current location.
  110. Therefore, it is not for viewing, nor for more than that.
  111. 'More data ...'
  112. Hansoo tried to access the panel to look for more.
  113. But the only thing that came back to Hansoo was all the brightly lit phrases.
  114. [User is not allowed access.]
  115. [Requires authentication.]
  116. [Class 3 security materials. I need an administrator.]
  117. [Additionally...]
  118. I did not even think it was designed to be easy for an illegal intruder to deal with in the first place, but there was not much to do.
  119. The intuitively designed interface itself was not difficult, but you were not allowed to go anywhere and try anything.
  120. 'How did this work? The players are like these guys. '
  121. Hansoo tasted his appetite.
  122. In fact, when Hansoo got the control of this giant guy, he planned three things.
  123. first. Find out as much as you can find out in this.
  124. second. It goes beyond that mountain range and into the forbidden area.
  125. third. Use this guy as a weapon.
  126. In the first place, this colony application for this guy's original design purpose is useless to him.
  127. I can burn humans in it, but that's it.
  128. If you try to pick up a man like this in a war fortress, you will not be able to keep your eyes on the army, Cyclops, and other kingdoms and empires.
  129. Before you even get on board, you will be hit hard and hit hard.
  130. In addition, this is basically not a login area, so you will be attacked every time you need to pick up the people who are logged in here.
  131. In many ways, it is less profitable than eating and drinking the fortress fortress.
  132. But at least for the above three purposes.
  133. Even if this ship does not have a weapon, it is okay.
  134. A ship operating this enormous amount of energy is itself a bomb.
  135. Though it is impossible to kill a monster like TiaMat Gnome with this, it is possible to utilize it tactically in various ways.
  136. No, this is a strategic weapon.
  137. Tiamat is a brute force, even a Cyclorian, even if it is overbearing, because it can kill with certainty.
  138. 'But···. That's when it's possible to steer. '
  139. If you do not want to make a huge lake here and boating here, there is no point in letting you self-destruct.
  140. Actually, the players did not get caught, and the ship which continued to float in the air was stopped from a certain moment.
  141. 'Afterwards···. When you're done, you can use it as a floating garden in the air. "
  142. After the thought, Hansoo turned his eyes on the panel.
  143. You do not have to waste your time on things that do not happen.
  144. No, exactly speaking, if you continue to invest your time and try to twist magic with a blackhead, you can figure out how to move this guy.
  145. But there is no time to waste it.
  146. Anyway, the purpose of coming here is one.
  147. Getting the spirit to go across the street.
  148. That is still possible enough.
  149. There are thousands of spirits on the outside of this engine room.
  150. If you pass the test given by the pattern and get the power of the spirit as it was before,
  151. If it does, you do not have to ride this thing, just go jumping.
  152. 'The pattern given by Methuselah does not seem ordinary either. Maybe you can get a stronger spirit. "
  153. The power of the individual and the strength of the spirit vary according to the level of Ain who has given the pattern.
  154. Hansoo's moment to turn.
  155. Key Iying!
  156. The pattern on the side of her heart began to shine.
  157. '... This?'
  158. The pattern that Methuselah put on his heart.
  159. The light leaking from the pattern began to flow into the forearm, wrist, and hand through the heart.
  160. A moment when a light from the chest flows through the fingertips and touches the panel.
  161. Awesome!
  162. The panel that refused to approve Hansoo began to come up with a phrase so far.
  163. [Administrator authentication ... start connection.]
  164. [... transfer of control is in progress]
  165. "I do not like surprise events that I do not say so silently."
  166. Hansoo laughed.
  167.  
  168.  
  169.  
  170. <65. Rhetoric (1)> End
  171. ? ALLA
  172. <65. Rhetoric (2)>
  173.  
  174.  
  175.  
  176.  
  177.  
  178. Kugugugu.
  179. "Uh ... what is it?"
  180. "Are these friends moving in now?"
  181. "Do you have any contact with those friends? I can not reach them."
  182. The players who were riding on the rising ship were excited and shouted.
  183. I do not know where to climb, but it is clear that I will not see a good shape if I get upset.
  184. 'I can not do that.'
  185. One of the players caught up with him.
  186. It seems to be associated with unusual quests.
  187. When he dies here, he can not touch his hands.
  188. Once evacuated to a safe place.
  189. Naturally, the players' eyes turned to one place.
  190. I used to have the skill that I had kept on the wall of alloy before I recovered.
  191. '... I have to open the entrance, but I can not go in.'
  192. One of them noticed each other calmly.
  193. "I can not go in, so I set a turn number."
  194. When everyone nods his head reluctantly.
  195. Keying.
  196. "... but what is that?"
  197. "I think it's the imperial side."
  198. "Is it the capital, Kyrkis?"
  199. Far away.
  200. There was something flashing in the light of thousands of kilometers outside.
  201. From the capital of the empire.
  202. Players narrowed their minds as they watched something small but clear looking in full color.
  203. "Kali Oyster Clan Have you ever been contacted? Is not your clan blindfolded to be an Imperial Special Dominion lord?"
  204. One of the clan members of the 15th clan, Carly Oyster Clan, cried out in a player's cry.
  205. Player, Astana.
  206. One of the players who made an extraordinary achievement and became the owner of the special dominion next to the capital of the empire.
  207. Apparently Clan Zhang, Astana, may know something about that.
  208. There is also a familiarity with the famous Tiamat for listening.
  209. But I have not received any contact with anything like that.
  210. 'What...'
  211. People wondered at the flickering, flashing, and increasingly colorful light of the color.
  212.  
  213. ................
  214.  
  215. Administrator authentication is in progress and all the red letters on the screen have disappeared.
  216. yet
  217. [Administrator -1011 authorization completed.]
  218. [Allow access to the system.]
  219. '... the Methusela system?'
  220. Hansoo, who heard the name of Methuselah, swiftly raised his eyebrows.
  221. The name of Methuselah he knew was the name of man.
  222. But Hansoo decided to pull out the other question.
  223. I had a lot to ask.
  224. "What is the purpose of this ship?"
  225. As I waited for such a question, a long phrase on the panel began to appear in turn.
  226. [The ASTRO-17 ship has been in operation since its construction in September 2199, and has been ready for sailing in the year 2211 AD in order to sail to the planet, the TIAMAT-1131 planet, recently in the room.]
  227. "What is the purpose of the voyage?"
  228. [To build a new home for humanity to live in.]
  229. Hansoo nodded.
  230. I did not know whether it was from the outside or made to leave from the inside, but now that question has been solved.
  231. 'Terraforming ... is this something?'
  232. There were a few natural questions that came to know the purpose of this ship, but Hansoo decided to ask first.
  233. "Do you have civilization that is dry now on this planet?"
  234. It is not a level that the kingdom and empire that can build up the wall of the wall from the distance,
  235. No matter how much the Empire is hiding, this is obvious over technology.
  236. So at first I thought this ship came from outside.
  237. But if the ship was manufactured to leave, the story is different.
  238. There must be a civilization with science and technology enough to dry this guy.
  239. Now I can wash my eyes and I can not find it.
  240. The possibilities are one of three.
  241. This guy, or just a few ships left behind in a different location, has left all his way to his destination.
  242. Or this broad planet, still exists somewhere, but observing themselves, avoiding contact with themselves.
  243. Finally… .
  244. 'It might have been destroyed.'
  245. Depending on what happens to the three, your plan also varies greatly.
  246. The first or the third would be better, but the second, if another civilization is watching them now and if they do not contact for some reason, they must also prepare for their civilization.
  247. Hansoo made a wry smile.
  248. '... these worlds are like onions.'
  249. I knew that I could not cope with most of the fact that I came from the future.
  250. This world God has prepared to make them difficult is not the object of conquest, but the object of evacuation.
  251. A place like a labyrinth where you have to pass quickly in fear, do not know what will come out.
  252. As a matter of fact, only a few of the facts are known to travelers.
  253. But when the plan was made and the world was conquered, and the beginning and the end of the world began to come, the worlds were throwing themselves out of their way as if they were some kind of treasure box.
  254. It is also a fairly large scale.
  255. But Hansoo kept all his heart and waited for his answer.
  256. Anyway this is good news.
  257. The fact that they were troubled with something unknown in the tent means that they succeeded in driving the darkness there and filling it with light.
  258. In addition, there is a kind advisor in front of his eyes.
  259. Let's hear it. Which of the three cases corresponds to. '
  260. Unfortunately, Hansoo's expectation that the answer will flow is a little missed.
  261. Keying!
  262. The system's panel did not answer Hansoo's questions.
  263. [... energy wave detection similar to armature type ZA-114 type.]
  264. [Converts all energy in standby for defense to resonance shield.]
  265. [Standby time to impact 3. 1131 seconds. Be prepared for all the shock.]
  266. If you were a general person, you may not have understood this answer at all.
  267. But Hansoo, who has a superhuman enthusiasm, can tell at once why the system suddenly answers.
  268. '... I wrote something.'
  269. The enormous energy wave that was felt inside the ship was running toward the ship as it was.
  270. It feels like the energy of Golden Dragon Formation is pulled together and transformed into shelling.
  271. Cheer up!
  272. At the same time, all the lights inside the colony were turned off and off.
  273. It's like pulling energy to a rush somewhere.
  274. Crunch!
  275. Kwah!
  276. As soon as Hansoo puts his foot on the bottom of the ship to prepare for the shock.
  277. Quaaaaaan!
  278. A tremendous impact shook the entire engine room and ship where Han was.
  279. Kururur.
  280. The giant sphere began to tremble and shine as if squeezing out power.
  281. After a great shock has swept away.
  282. The system panel immediately reported the current situation to Hansoo.
  283. [Shield Remaining 85. 1%]
  284. [... judging the situation.]
  285. [If there is a continuous bombardment, the probability of a crash before leaving the atmosphere ... . 98.1%]
  286. [Judging that continuous voyage to the outlying is impossible, we will start moving to the closest residence according to the emergency protocol.]
  287. [Routing ...]
  288. [Path setting completed. Move to the nearest local shelter.]
  289. At the same time.
  290. Kuguguggu!
  291. If you are a general person, the acceleration of the blood to the pit began to catch the whole of the ship.
  292. Of course, there is no reason for him.
  293. But Hansoo spoke out in his mouth.
  294. "It's fucking."
  295. Acceleration is not a problem.
  296. The problem is the direction the ship is heading.
  297. Hansoo, who realized where the ship was heading, laughed.
  298. The ship literally set the route directly over the mountains.
  299. Towards the Cheongeang mountain range, where the tremendous magical power ripples.
  300. At the same time.
  301. [The second hit is approaching.]
  302. [Shield remaining 85.3%]
  303. [Prepare for additional hitting.]
  304. Quaaaaaan!
  305. The second impact shook the ship as it was.
  306. Kuguguggu!
  307. In the vibration of the ship itself.
  308. Han asked for the ship's system.
  309. "Can we get to the city we set up?
  310. If it is blown, it should get off the ship now.
  311. The system responded positively to such questions.
  312. [It is possible if the attacking weapon now has a recharge time similar to the weapon type ZA-114.]
  313. "Can you hold the shield?"
  314. This is the key.
  315. The shield must be present to go beyond the Cheongeang mountain range.
  316. Unfortunately, the system gave negative answers to the question.
  317. [The remaining amount of shield is 70.7%.]
  318. [The shield is damaged. After the shield breaks, one more shot will be allowed. Please wear personal protective gear in case of a crash.]
  319. "... it is a crash."
  320. It does not matter until the crash.
  321. I am confident that I will not die from the height of the stratosphere.
  322. The problem is a harsh natural disaster that is raging in the Cheonan mountain range.
  323. There is also a limit to being able to hold on to the pattern.
  324. As you know, from the Cheonggang mountain range, a much more powerful storm of magic rises.
  325. If the shield protecting this ship disappeared, you would have to stab it to strike the storm directly.
  326. '... this is not the time.'
  327. I looked at the system where Hansoo floats the various phrases on the panel.
  328. I had to ask this guy right in front of me.
  329. But right now, you have to prepare for the harsh environment beyond the Cheongeang mountain range.
  330. Quaaaaan!
  331. The third strike feels the vibration of the ship.
  332. Hansoo quickly turned to the outside of the engine compartment.
  333. Outside the engine room, with thousands of ghosts.
  334. In the place where Hansoo passed, still many ghosts were pouring their presence in the glass sphere.
  335. A situation where you have to choose one of thousands.
  336. However, Hansoo did not have to worry too much.
  337. Since then, the pattern was pulling itself as if it were calling.
  338. Hansoo walked between the flasks and headed for somewhere quickly.
  339. Somewhere I am constantly sending signals to myself.
  340. yet.
  341. Key I ying!
  342. Hansoo stood before a larger glass sphere, slightly different from the sphere.
  343. 'Unusual. What did you hear? '
  344. It was different from any of the spirits that Hansoo had seen so far.
  345. It is not the red color of the flame, the dark light like the dark spirits, nor the blue light like the cold spirits.
  346. 'What. You'll get it. "
  347. Kwaaan!
  348. The impact of one bombardment sounded more and more, and I was able to feel the condition of the ship raising acceleration to prepare for it.
  349. I was worried about getting off but Hansoo concluded.
  350. Whether it 's killing or not, I'll take this ride.
  351. If you do, this strange bombardment may be aimed at you, not this ship.
  352. It is rather more dangerous.
  353. I'd rather go beyond the mountains and get out of sight.
  354. Hansoo, who was looking at an unidentified glass sphere with dozens of strange colors mixed up, quickly raised his hand.
  355. At the same time.
  356. Quack Wow!
  357. Hansoo felt something, the consciousness of something inside the flask, quickly sucked into his head.
  358. It feels like a guest who is not very close to a cozy nest, just for herself.
  359. It was not a pleasant feeling, but I could see it at the same time.
  360. The more you become acquainted with this guest who is not yet friendly, but should be with you from now on,
  361. That you will get a big help.
  362. Hoo Woong.
  363. Hansoo's eyes slowly began to wind down as he felt his own consciousness being sucked in to meet the new ceremony.
  364. At the same time.
  365. A huge screen that relays the external situation, whether it is to prepare for the emergency situation, has been put in place throughout the structure.
  366. Throughout the screen all of the outside scenes began to be relayed in detail.
  367. A flash of a strand coming and going far away.
  368. The towering Cheonang mountain range, blocking the way the ship is headed by such a glare.
  369. Sudden apprehension It seems that 20km was raised upward in an instant, but it still did not reach the summit of the mountain range.
  370. But after a while.
  371. Hooooooooooooo
  372. By the rising ship up to the top of the mountain range, the sight of the Cheongeang mountain range and beyond has begun to appear on the screen.
  373. Clouds and snowstorms, and smoke.
  374. At the same time Tiamat wanted to hide that.
  375. The eyes of Hansoo who slowly wound up were concentrated on the screen.
  376. 'That's beyond the Cheon ... . '
  377. But before Hansoo even checks the scene in detail.
  378. Someone has been talking to Hansoo.
  379. From inside of you.
  380. <What are you? How did you connect with me because it is not a redemption?>
  381. At the same time, Hansoo's consciousness was completely sucked inward, and the body fell to the floor.
  382.  
  383.  
  384.  
  385.  
  386.  
  387.  
  388. <65. Rhetoric (2)> End
  389. ? ALLA
  390. <65. Rhetoric (3)>
  391.  
  392.  
  393.  
  394.  
  395.  
  396. Koo Woo Woong.
  397. Far away.
  398. Gran Cain, who saw something going down, looked surprised.
  399. "Tiamat ...." That's a substitute. "
  400. A person who prepares for a sickness.
  401. I can prepare to know, so I endlessly try to know a lot.
  402. But I could not hear them.
  403. A huge metal lump flying through the sky.
  404. In addition, it is possible to make one of the city ashes by a shelling once, and it is an unreasonable durability to be able to be carried out even if it is beaten up to the shelling of the swords.
  405. After seeing something huge that eventually crashed but managed to escape over the mountains, Gran Cain asked Tiamat with an embarrassed look, but Tiamat did not answer Cain's words and walked to the side.
  406. Then he pulled out a huge steel tower, a pile of Lancome that had been stuck in the hole beneath it.
  407. CURRER!
  408. As the stakes of Lancome were pulled out, the light of the giant steel tower was beginning to fade with a strange sound.
  409. When the mediator disappears, the supply of energy into the tower of steel, the captive capsule, stops and stops working.
  410. Cowow.
  411. '... are you stopping the bombardment?'
  412. Though they can not attack more, they have prepared the battles in the first place to attack the Ain, not the unidentified chunks.
  413. Without Lancome's stakes, it's impossible to fire.
  414. Watching the overheated obelisk cool down, when Grand Cayne is embarrassed.
  415. Tiamat grabbed Lancome's stake in her hand and opened her mouth to see Grand Cain.
  416. "Take charge here, I've done everything I've done."
  417. I've eaten it all back and forth, but now it's clear to me what Tiamat says.
  418. It means that I will go somewhere.
  419. At the end of that Tiamat, Grand Cain embarrassed him.
  420. "Where are you going to go?"
  421. Even before Cain's worried words are over.
  422. "Do not worry, I'll be right back."
  423. 'I had to start.'
  424. Tiamat sighed.
  425. I could not go out of my way because I was sick of breaking a 1000 year old seal.
  426. But now is the time to really go.
  427. I can no longer see a gnome like that gang installed.
  428. Cain looked at himself as anxious, but if he did, he would be able to come back without any problems.
  429. 'Well. Before you go ... . '
  430. Thanamet, who pulled out the stake of Lancome, immediately fled into the air and began to fly at a fast pace.
  431. Looking north, not in the other direction.
  432. And Gran Cain, who was looking at the Tiamat, looked down at him.
  433. 'You go again. Fucking ... . How many years, how many times did she ... . '
  434. Grand Cain, who was looking at the back of Tiamat, who was blowing his body toward a special Dominion beside the capital, looked at him with unpleasantness and anxiety.
  435.  
  436. ........................
  437.  
  438. In a spacious space shining white.
  439. Something floated in front of Hansoo with the painted color.
  440. Something that looks like a human form, but who is not human.
  441. Something of a sagging shape opened his mouth to see Hansoo who was brought under the unconscious.
  442. <It's not a redemption kind ... . Hmmm>
  443. Looking at Hansoo for a while, the figure looked at the heart of Hansoo and laughed at the place where he looked at the mouth.
  444. <A. I have a verification code. Then it is possible. What the hell are you? It is the first race I see. Have you met an alien race at last? Hahaha!>
  445. Hansoo muttered to the inside as he watched himself and saw the magic spouting.
  446. 'You see the essence at once.'
  447. It is similar in appearance to the player and the indigenous people, but in the end they are from different dimensions.
  448. The difference is that the spirit knows it at once.
  449. The spirits who kept looking at Hansoo from here and there opened their mouths watching Hansoo.
  450. <But what did you come to? Did you finally think about releasing it?>
  451. then.
  452. It's just that.
  453. Hansoo's skin in consciousness suddenly started to freeze.
  454. When he sees his body covered with ice and frost,
  455. I opened my mouth with the expression that the elephant who looked at such a water was interesting.
  456. <I did some service so I could know the outside situation. How are you?
  457. "Thank you very much."
  458. The fact that the ship is freezing means that the ship on which it rides is entering the harsh environment beyond the Cheongeang mountain with the shield broken.
  459. Now, the pattern of the spirit, magic power, and the body are staying, but if you go this way, it will freeze.
  460. Looking at his body, Hansoo decided to explain the reason why he came here very simply.
  461. Now we have to protect ourselves by borrowing the power of the spirit.
  462. But even before I could say that.
  463. The spirit answered very lightly.
  464. <For your reference or to borrow your strength ... . If you want to beg for it, refuse it in advance. It's not even a cub.>
  465. "..."
  466. <If you are human beings, it shakes. I do not want to ask you for such an unreasonable request. I have a conscience. All. Cotton.>
  467. "... I'm sure you did not say it in your mouth, I'm not a human being you know."
  468. At that end, something seemed to be an element of mumbling.
  469. <Anyway, it looks the same. If you see a guy who looks exactly like a guy like you, does not he? It's similar to that.>
  470. '... to make the crap out of it. By the way, the dark element is also dirty, and this guy is better. "
  471. I remembered that Jeon Oga had complained that he had suffered tremendously from trampling his spirit.
  472. 'Wooden spirits ... . I would have chosen to be a little gentle man. "
  473. This guy looks much stronger than the tree spirit.
  474. It's dirty. Not to mention.
  475. Hansoo, who had been impressed by his freezing body, hesitated for a while, but decided to try the conversation once.
  476. I do not want to be able to take advantage of this guy's strength in the future.
  477. "I was locked in here for a thousand years and I do not want to go out.
  478. That's why I hated humans before.
  479. I have put myself here.
  480. If you share your body together, you also have a chance to get involved.
  481. At that end, the spirits laughed and wickedly laughed at the place where the face looked.
  482. <That's it if you take your body. Khach>
  483. In the expression of such an element, he said,
  484. "... I will say so soon."
  485. <What?>
  486. The moment the spirit spins.
  487. Hansoo, who was freezing, pulled the window as it was.
  488. To the spirit in front of you.
  489. Quaaaaan!
  490. "Time is sad."
  491. <This bastard! I do not even blink!>
  492. The number one who started to swing the window and something that shines in seven colors began to hit wildly.
  493. yet.
  494. Kuguugu Palace!
  495. Kwaan!
  496. The space of consciousness which was pure white all over began to fill all over with the glorious light.
  497.  
  498. .....................
  499.  
  500. Beside empire, special territory.
  501. In a fairly luxurious office room, a woman was frowning.
  502. "What's wrong? Are all of these cubs dead?"
  503. The woman, who was floating the screen in the air, shook her head with the expression that she did not like it.
  504. 'By the way, what is that space ship ... . What is shelling? '
  505. The woman wondered at her office in the Dominion, the capital city of Kirkis, just outside the window.
  506. I have been playing the prince for a long time, and of course the capital is in and out, but it is the first time I heard that it is hidden.
  507. Far away, the player, Astana, frowned upon looking at the top of the capital where smoke was rising.
  508. 'Anyway, these NPC guys have too many secrets. There is nothing cool to answer even if you ask. '
  509. Clan of the 15th Clan, Carly Oyster Clan.
  510. At the same time, the emperor, the lord of the Special Dominion.
  511. This is a pretty good position, but none of the players have an unrivaled position, but at this time they were frustrated.
  512. When Astania is fading away, far away from the capital.
  513. Houwook.
  514. Something was hacking into the front of Astana, which looked out the window.
  515. "What!"
  516. Surprised at something suddenly appeared, Astana was more surprised to confirm its identity.
  517. Because there appeared to be someone who should not be here.
  518. "... why are you here?"
  519. Looking at Tiamat, Astania looked like a fool.
  520. Sometimes I was invited to tea time.
  521. However, all of the meeting was done in the.
  522. It was the first time Astania knew that Tiamat came out of the capital, even if it came out to the inside of the capital where Baekryong Ran was located.
  523. At that point Tiamat was troubled for a moment.
  524. Why did you stop here?
  525. In fact, Astania is near the capital and can be seen at any time.
  526. It is enough to invite you back into Baekryonglan after you finish your work again.
  527. It is only a matter of time to be treated.
  528. 'surely… ? '
  529. Tiamat, who had a grim facial expression, laughed and smiled at his hands.
  530. "I'll go and see you."
  531. "... what?"
  532. Astania received something strange about Tiamat's throwing.
  533. 'bouquet?'
  534. As if he had done his job with the bouquet, Tiamat jumped out of the window behind Astania.
  535. High high down the mansion.
  536. Immediately before falling on the floor.
  537. Huu Woong.
  538. Tiamat, who arrived just above the ground, stepped slightly to the floor.
  539. A light one step.
  540. But the result was not light.
  541. Koo Woong!
  542. The space of all four sides collapsed and began to be crushed under the footbed of Tiamat.
  543. The floor flourished in the foot of Tiamat.
  544. It is a compressed moment that Tiamat's foot space can not be crushed and looks black.
  545. Tiamat took the next step.
  546. At the same time.
  547. Kwaaan!
  548. With the roar, the space burst, and the new type of Tiamat began to stretch out of the Empire's capital, Kirkis, somewhere, with a wave that fell in all directions.
  549. Not to the north earth, but to the east somewhere.
  550. 'He bugged me like this ... . I still have to prepare some gifts before I go. '
  551. As the atmosphere twisted and the space was distorted, Tiamat disappeared with fierce force toward the far east side.
  552. Kururur.
  553. After leaving Tiamat and remaining alone, Astania turned his face in a grim look, alternating between the bouquet in his hand and the disappearance of Tiamat.
  554. 'That side of the battlefield ... . By the way, how did you know I liked this flower? "
  555. Looking at the bouquet in his hand, Astania made a strange look.
  556.  
  557. ..................................
  558.  
  559. Far far away, some of the players who came to the kingdom of Korin and others who were looking at the armies of the kingdoms were largely yawning.
  560. "Huh ... it's boring." When does this guy come? "
  561. Man, if you listened to Karhala, the travelers who had been kicked out earlier by Bug Killer would have made a fuss.
  562. For them, the yellow zone was a place where you could not relax for a moment.
  563. But at least Karhall was not wrong.
  564. The war fortress that the players aimed for were well protected by Golden dragon formation, and the tourists were being grafted with the help of Ain, and the Ain were also recovering their strength by accepting the spirit from the land of the spirit.
  565. It is the most comfortable day in recent years.
  566. 'What. I do not care if I get into a war fort. '
  567. When Karhall, who was in charge of the surveillance of the players, is doing yawning.
  568. Cuckoo.
  569. Kuguugu palace.
  570. A thunderous sound was heard from the bottom of the mountain, beyond the horizon.
  571. No, sound is not important.
  572. Karhall, who was afraid of the enormous momentum of something that was blown away by the atmosphere, stood up from his stomach and looked beyond the horizon.
  573. Something clearly came in the eyes of such Karhall.
  574. Something that is approaching the war fortress while crushing the space.
  575. Even before Karhally responds.
  576. Quaaaaan!
  577. A huge roar was echoed throughout the war fortress, which was protected by Golden dragon formation.
  578. And.
  579. 'Look at these guys.'
  580. Quadruped!
  581. With the stakes of Lancome, Tiamat, who took the shield of the war fortress down, narrowed the gap by looking inside the opaque shield.
  582.  
  583.  
  584.  
  585.  
  586.  
  587. <65. Rhetoric (3)> End
  588. ? ALLA
  589. <65. Rhetoric (4)>
  590.  
  591.  
  592.  
  593.  
  594.  
  595. Quaaaaan!
  596. Only a blow.
  597. In a single strike, the green shields surrounding the whole war fortress cracked.
  598. Like a drop of glass beads, Karhallglazed at the shroud of Yongjin Hwangjin cracking.
  599. 'crazy… . That kid is Tiamat. It's not a monster. "
  600. Previously, it is no comparison with the time when Eloa, the commander of the kingdom of the kingdom, made it.
  601. This is a shield made by dragging all the magical powers of Ryoma Hwangjin.
  602. Even the leader, Cyklus, and Yonghwa Hwangjin's shield, which has been firmly built up, was broken by a single strike.
  603. Koo Woo-woo!
  604. Ryoma Hwang Jin-gi shines like crazy, shining gold into the shield and supplying energy, but Tiamat, who was already in front of the shield of the war fortress, was holding his hand for the next blow.
  605. The moment I took the stake that Tiamat heard.
  606. Quaaaaaan!
  607. The shield, which had been hanging around for a while, was crushed and crushed at once.
  608. "Uh ..."
  609. "Well ..."
  610. The shield made of Yongma Hwang Jin was broken by the separation.
  611. Travelers who rushed to Kabul's call quickly made a frowned look at the far-off, ridiculous spectacle.
  612. The level of fighting should be at the right level.
  613. Thousands of people who ran right now, followed by hundreds of thousands of travelers, hundreds of thousands of them, but none of them could be sure.
  614. If they all come in there, they will be able to defeat the man who has crushed the shield in only two of those times.
  615. So one of the people relieved a sigh.
  616. "Damn ... I've done a good job running away from it. Anyway ... Is this really safe?"
  617. Inside the earth of the spirit.
  618. The people who were in it muttered as they watched the far-sighted war fortress.
  619.  
  620. ..........................
  621.  
  622. The Obelisk.
  623. Inside the battlefield where the shield is shattered.
  624. As soon as the bronze shields of the strong waves had disappeared, the inside situation clearly came into view of Tiamat.
  625. The situation of a war fort that was left empty and no one remained.
  626. Tiamat laughed and smiled.
  627. 'You guys are like rodents ...'
  628. War fortress is surrounded by water.
  629. No one can escape.
  630. No, I can get away with it, but I can not escape without knowing so many numbers.
  631. But when they saw the war fortress looking inside, Tiamat was able to realize at once that they had escaped through the fortress of war by carrying out the work.
  632. A huge hole in the middle of a war fort.
  633. The hole was so wide and deep that the end was not visible.
  634. In the past, Tiamat, who saw Arthas Kranzczak's hole, was able to find out what he was doing while still trapped inside.
  635. 'You've escaped by expanding the tunnel connected to Mt.
  636. In the beginning, there is a distance to the land of the spirit and the end of the Dagyeong palace, but when the hundreds of thousands of those close to the superman are stuck together and start digging, they dig it.
  637. And besides, I was not paying attention to the bottom of the ground because I was guarding the Ain people who were already in the ground of the spirit.
  638. The mouth of the thief, who was looking at the war fort that had been empty, began to be lifted up.
  639. 'Do you think it's okay if you hide in there?'
  640. Of course, the land of the spirit is also burdensome to myself.
  641. Because you can not use the banners and the amount of protection of oneself.
  642. But it depends on the level of the opponents.
  643. 'I tried to catch a few people but I changed my mind.'
  644. half.
  645. Just cut down on half the number of guys and go.
  646. Of course, they can ignore them and go as they are.
  647. It came with a light heart in the first place.
  648. But if you go back here like this, the guys will tell you that they have their idea.
  649. No one can see such a thing in front of him.
  650. This is a warning to those who think that this kind of thin work will lead to themselves.
  651. Koo Woo Woo Woong!
  652. A tremendous amount of energy began to rise around the Tiamat which made the decision.
  653. Then.
  654. "Tiamat.If you've lived for a thousand years, is not it supposed to be a little calmer? The girl you care about should have remembered your personality."
  655. "... Methuselah."
  656. prophet.
  657. Seeing the future.
  658. Those who see the future are different from those who buy the present, and the thoughts themselves are different.
  659. The purpose is different and the behavior is different.
  660. It is unlikely and I do not understand.
  661. Even now.
  662. I am afraid to appear before my own self, and to appear.
  663. 'This damn bitch ... What are you thinking?'
  664. Tiamat narrowed his mind to see Methuselah in front of his eyes.
  665.  
  666. ............................
  667.  
  668. The Woods.
  669. Hansoo escaped from the space of consciousness and kicked his tongue while checking the frozen state of his body.
  670. 'It was breathtaking.'
  671. The silver liquid of the Dragon Essence Blade and the physical strengthening procedure was trying to resist the magical storm that was supposed to freeze and destroy the body, but it is not enough.
  672. While he was defenseless, his body was in a state of near destruction.
  673. In addition, the body is tied to solid ice all over.
  674. I felt a cold as if I was in an ice cave in the entire nerve.
  675. 'You can not see the outside.'
  676. Looking at the mass of ice surrounding his entire body, Hansoo began to awaken something that was asleep in his consciousness.
  677. yet.
  678. There was a sound of anger in my head.
  679. Damn. The old master does not come! Ah-oh! How I got hooked up with this guy!>
  680. <Noisy. Hurry up.>
  681. The spirits have sprouted in the head of Hansoo who is ringing in my head, but the spilled water has already been spilled.
  682. The defeated spirit can never defy the name of the superior.
  683. Because they are all so designed.
  684. <Fucking ...>
  685. At the end of a short lull.
  686. Key Iying!
  687. The pattern that had been put in the middle of her heart began to shine sharply.
  688. At the same time.
  689. Foo Wook.
  690. Hansoo 's whole body started to wear in full color.
  691. It quickly melts the ice that surrounds the whole body.
  692. yet.
  693. Kwaan!
  694. He shattered the whole of the ice, and Hansoo stepped outward.
  695. The light of color began to push the storm of magical power that swiftly pushed from everywhere.
  696. As the magical storm that had damaged the body disappeared, the silvery liquid and the Dragon Essence Blade, which had not been repressed, began to swiftly restrain the body.
  697. I was standing in the middle of an ice storm, but I could not feel the coldness at all.
  698. Feeling alone in another world.
  699. 'good. It felt like this. '
  700. Hansoo, who smiled a satisfying smile, now went inside the breeze through a storm of frost, which is no longer a hindrance.
  701. The first thing I wanted to check was the state of the system.
  702. If it's alive, you can control the ship and move quickly, or even get information.
  703. This is an unknown world where you do not even know yourself.
  704. Obviously, the more information you have, the more number you can think of.
  705. 'Let's see it once.'
  706. On the inside, before going to the place where the engine room was working, Hansoo vaguely looked at the frozen engine room and system panels.
  707. The engine itself is overloaded due to its operation at the marginal speed while keeping the view from the bombardment.
  708. Uwo Woong.
  709. It was not completely destroyed, there was a weak light throughout the engine and slowly recovered, but I was not even thinking about lighting the system panel, whether it was pouring all the energy into the ship's restoration.
  710. 'So ... I do not know how to collect information.'
  711. One day, Han asked for the existence of my head.
  712. If you are an angel, you will know more than yourself.
  713. <Anything you know?>
  714. At that point, the answer that day was right now rang in my head.
  715. <Turn it off. Why am I?>
  716. I have to lend strength to lose, but I have no obligation to answer what I know.
  717. '?. Also.'
  718. When the expected answer came back, Hansoo tasted his appetite.
  719. 'There's nothing to get here ... . I'm going.'
  720. I was hoping to wait here for recovery, but Hansoo shook his head.
  721. I do not know how long it will take.
  722. Besides, there is one thing that catches your heart.
  723. 'Tiamat.'
  724. There is no way that Tiamat, who is so tired of coming into this, will be quiet.
  725. I will try to sanction myself by any means.
  726. You have to make the most of it before that.
  727. Above all, I am.
  728. Just before his consciousness was sucked in, the scene that I had seen through the screen of the ship caught my heart.
  729. 'Let's check first.'
  730. Hansoo solidified the decision and fired toward the outside of the engine room.
  731. Hooooooo!
  732. When we got out of a huge structure, the condition seemed to be even worse.
  733. There was a huge hole in the outer wall of the ship that was buried in the ground.
  734. Through a huge hole created by the last bombardment, a cold wave from all sides was pushing hard and thanks to it, the colony was frozen inside the huge ship.
  735. The lake, the trees, the huge structures that had the spirits.
  736. Uwoo!
  737. 'But the outer wall seems to be recovering little by little.'
  738. Hansoo, who was looking at the outer wall being played slowly, flew toward the hole.
  739. Hoo-woo-woo!
  740. The storm of the blizzard grew more and more steadily when it came out.
  741. Just as you insist on hiding the head from the inside of the ship.
  742. However, the light of the spirit spewing from the body of Hansoo completely protected Hansoo 's body.
  743. Although he was completely free from the natural environment, he became more serious.
  744. '... Also. It's coming out of one place. "
  745. Since it is not affected, it can be examined more objectively and in detail.
  746. It seemed to be swooping from side to side, but it seemed obvious as it widened.
  747. This massive ice storm, now swirling all over the place, is bursting out of one place.
  748. And that means one thing.
  749. Something is creating this huge ice storm.
  750. If this is a natural phenomenon, there is no reason to keep coming out of one place.
  751. Naturally, Hansoo's eyes turned to one place.
  752. To the place where the storm sweeps.
  753. There was something that came in clearly in such eyes.
  754. tower.
  755. It is not huge.
  756. But it is high.
  757. It is also extremely high.
  758. So high, soaring, long distance away from the eyes of Han Soo clearly come into existence.
  759. Hansoo could do it himself.
  760. If it were not for the Cheonggang Mountains which rose about 20km, maybe all the beings on the continent would know about that tower.
  761. It was so high, shining, and there was something that impressed the viewer.
  762. An unidentified tower towering over a height of ten kilometers.
  763. I looked up and saw the outer wall made of steel and alloy.
  764. It was covered with frost and ice, but it can not erase traces of civilization flowing inside.
  765. Looking at the intricately tangled exterior wall, Hansoo turned his gaze downward.
  766. In fact, it was not that tower that I saw before Hansoo lost consciousness.
  767. Beneath it, rather.
  768. The things that spread widely under the tower to attract people's attention.
  769. At the moment of his gaze, Hansoo was able to realize at once that the thing he saw on the panel was not a waste.
  770. "city..."
  771. A huge building forest that stretches from towering towers to below the Cheonan mountain range where the ship crashed.
  772. A blizzard drifted all over the place, but there's nowhere to cover a gigantic building that's just over a kilometer, a huge city with tens of thousands of such buildings, and a huge city of tens of thousands.
  773. Hansoo thought into the woods of steel, covered in ice and frost.
  774. Previously, I thought of three possibilities.
  775. I left.
  776. I'm watching.
  777. Or destroyed.
  778. Of course, the only thing I have noticed is the frozen city, and there are still three possibilities.
  779. But when I did not know why, I felt strongly.
  780. What these results are.
  781. "You have perished."
  782. She looked at the city that seemed to be frozen without even being prepared for it.
  783. At the same time, I was able to see where the strange feeling that I had received came from before.
  784. '... Similar.'
  785. It is heterogeneous.
  786. But it is not something of perfect outer space.
  787. The sight in front of you is obviously a level that you can understand.
  788. I wonder if this is where I live in about 100 years.
  789. Hansoo, who muttered as he watched the forest of the high-elevated building, decided the destination.
  790. 'Go to that tower.'
  791. The guy who seems to know something is uncooperative, and he has to figure out how to deal with a guy named Tiamat, but he has to find out for himself.
  792. Han, who set the destination, stepped toward the huge towering tower among the cities.
  793.  
  794.  
  795.  
  796.  
  797.  
  798.  
  799. <65. Rhetoric (4)> End
  800. ? ALLA
  801. <65. Rhetoric (5)>
  802.  
  803.  
  804.  
  805.  
  806.  
  807. Obelisk.
  808. Kuren.
  809. A doll was running like crazy toward the north along the ground of the spirit.
  810. Every time we take a step in human form, but never seem human, the earth collapsed and the space was crushed.
  811. Thiammet checked his body condition by watching the Tianjin Mountains, which had begun to show up to the north.
  812. '... It's annoying.'
  813. Continuing to feel the storm of magical power eating his body in metallurgical metallurgy, Tiamat narrowed the gap.
  814. You do not receive the favor of the spirit.
  815. Now he is protecting his body with powerful magic power, but the storm of magical power waving from everywhere was eating his body without rest.
  816. And if you cross the Cheonan mountain range and enter the source of the storm, the ruins, the phenomenon will get worse.
  817. Tiamat grabbed it and grabbed Lancome's stake in his hand.
  818. 'This is what it is because of a rat.'
  819. But I have to cross it.
  820. Before he punishes herself.
  821. <Tiamat. Did not you live too long. You fall in the hands of him.>
  822. 'bullshit.'
  823. Even if the power of the magic storm falls, the difference between him and himself is huge.
  824. Kuguugu palace!
  825. Tiamat, who shook the prophecy of Methuselah from his head, spurred on the speed he was running.
  826. Now it is time to cross the Cheongeang mountain range that is approaching nose.
  827. yet.
  828. Kwaaan!
  829. A rope of white lines began to be drawn with a roar in the almost cliff-like Tianjin mountain range.
  830. At the same time.
  831. Obelisk!
  832. A huge avalanche began to take place in the Cheonan mountain range.
  833.  
  834. ............................
  835.  
  836. The Obelisk.
  837. Hansoo, surrounded by the light of color, continued to push forward the blizzard.
  838. Through the center of a frozen city.
  839. 'There is no life.'
  840. I had the greatest amount of passion to prepare for any unforeseen circumstances, but I did not have any effort to catch it.
  841. Obviously, in the huge buildings where people would have lived, there was no feeling of popularity, and the roads seemed to be a means of transportation, but life was not seen.
  842. But nobody knows what will come out.
  843. Hansoo proceeded quickly toward the tower, which seemed far away, without warning.
  844. I heard a voice constantly chattering in such a head.
  845. <Fuck you. You really have to thank me. If you were not in this body, your body would be frozen and split.>
  846. The spoken word was not a lie.
  847. The storm that was raging around the tower was getting stronger.
  848. If the spirit had not been protecting himself, he would have frozen on his chest.
  849. But Hansoo went to the top of the tower, ignoring the endless words in his head.
  850. If I did not give it to him, he would be the one who tried to devour his entire body.
  851. Then.
  852. '... what is that?'
  853. Something unusual was seen in her eyes.
  854. On the first floor of the building we walked, there was a store or store-like space.
  855. And there were dozens of unidentified square boxes hanging in it.
  856. I do not know how to do it, but I do not know how to do it.
  857. The Obelisk.
  858. Woolly.
  859. Because I did not relax, I was very sensitive to the noise of Hansoo 's ear standing on the day.
  860. The noise is very weak, but can never be ignored.
  861. Hansoo looked back at the origin of the noise.
  862. There was a noise coming out of the crashing ship, behind the massive Cheonan mountain range that blocked it.
  863. Because of the vibration, an avalanche occurs at the top of the Cheonan mountain range.
  864. Such a phenomenon can not just happen.
  865. '... I thought I was going to do a lot of work, but I came directly.'
  866. Hansoo narrowed the gap by recalling what he was literally approaching and causing a natural disaster.
  867. If you cross the Cheongeang mountain range, you will find a ship that crashes, of course, and if you trace yourself there, you will find yourself.
  868. A situation where you have to fight if you have to.
  869. Hansoo quickly went into the calculations.
  870. 'Do you have a chance?'
  871. I have won the spirit but I have never thought of recklessness that I will win in frontal confrontation with Tiamat.
  872. It's literally a monster in the monster.
  873. If they both work together, they will not be able to last for a few seconds,
  874. 'But ... it's a story when you're in perfect condition.'
  875. Kang muttered a little.
  876. Tiamat came directly.
  877. It means that Tiamat 's mind is so urgent.
  878. Of course, it is necessary to move towards this power.
  879. 'It is slow for such things.'
  880. You can calculate the speed of the Tiammet through the resonating vibration, and the reverberation.
  881. If Tiamat had to move to power here with its original strength, it had already crossed the Cheonan mountain range by now.
  882. But the fact that we're still on the brink means that Tiamat is also affected by this storm.
  883. Moreover, if you move to this place, it will be affected more greatly.
  884. thud! thud! thud! thud!
  885. 'I will fight if I have to. But ... in the most advantageous place. '
  886. Counted up to this point, Hansoo began to run at a fast pace with strength on his feet.
  887. A source of magical storms sweeping towards the tower.
  888. Even if it is not in the best state, the difference between Tiamat and himself is great.
  889. It is better to avoid fighting, but as long as this is the case, you should go near the tower even if there is nothing in it.
  890. Fighting in the best possible place is the basis of the law.
  891. 'I do not know what this is like. Really.'
  892. I felt the gulf of a mighty being slowly crossing the mountains and laughed.
  893. This was not the first plan.
  894. I did not even think that Tiamat would get out of the blue at the beginning.
  895. Initially, the plan they set was one.
  896. <Using the land of the spirit as a safe zone, the power grows and goes to the next area.>
  897. The land of the spirit.
  898. Without helplessness, the land of hell can not survive anybody.
  899. But there is another way to survive in it.
  900. <Ain's Blessing>
  901. Their pattern, which makes it possible to capture the power of the element even though it is unkind.
  902. In the first place, the amount of protection is nothing but a substitute for squeezing out these people, who can make such a blessing.
  903. When the Ain move inside the elemental ground, the supply of protection is cut off, and the players, the kingdom, and the empire can not reach out to them.
  904. No matter how many numbers you have, you can not get into the ground of the spirit without protection.
  905. Then, just hunting in the ground of the Senggrygwon spirit and raise the level of the crossing is enough.
  906. After securing the safety of the alien with the alliance, the work of carrying the power of the spirit to the pattern, goes up.
  907. This is how they, and their friends, pass through the green zone, the last mankind envisioned, here.
  908. But there is no interest in the world in Baekryongan.
  909. When you hide, there will be enemies that you have never encountered. Lions do not care about ants, but they care about buffalo.>
  910. I recalled the words of Rahman, a former colleague, and laughed harshly.
  911. '... When I came back to the past, I thought I would buy all my hardship, but this is a short time.'
  912. thud! thud! thud! thud!
  913. Hansoo muttered a little while watching the towering tower, which had just begun to be seen among the forests of the building.
  914. I used to talk to my friends before.
  915. What to do if you come back to the past.
  916. It is natural for someone to go faster than others.
  917. Because everyone had such talent and ability, I survived to the last last.
  918. If we go back to the past, we would be faster than that, not backward.
  919. I remember that when I said that, everyone started to speak with a smile on their face.
  920. Someone said that with that power, they would collect a beautiful woman named beauty and set up a harem, and someone wanted to save more people with that power.
  921. Someone told me that they would kill all those who were disgusted, and somebody would be stronger than anyone else.
  922. 'I...'
  923. That moment.
  924. thud! thud! thud! thud!
  925. The running man stopped.
  926. 'What was I?'
  927. There is a stubborn desire that is human and there is an emperor.
  928. And so are you.
  929. It is normal for you to have something you wanted to return to the past.
  930. This world is a world without regret, and if you go back to the past, you can catch it all.
  931. Going to rescue people who are gathering human beings to make an army and waiting for them from above?
  932. There is enough reason to be a reason, but this is not enough.
  933. '... there was something I wanted to do.'
  934. It seems that there was something obvious to oneself.
  935. At that time, when I was having a conversation, I had to look at my face.
  936. But I do not remember exactly what it is.
  937. As soon as she grabbed her head to remember her details, her head slipped.
  938. At the same time, from the back, I heard a little bit more noise that the Tiamat was apparently producing.
  939. "Hoook."
  940. Hansoo took a deep breath.
  941. 'Now this is not important.'
  942. First of all, you have to fight and win and survive.
  943. Even if you do not remember something, there is no problem in fighting.
  944. The important thing is that you are working hard right now.
  945. If it was so important, it would surely be my memory again.
  946. After taking care of her heart, Hansoo pulled up the tension again and started to run toward the huge tower, far away.
  947. And
  948. <What is this child ...>
  949. In the unconscious mind of Hansoo, the spirit, who was sitting in the head of Hansoo, muttered so little to Hansoo.
  950.  
  951. ...................................
  952.  
  953. The Obelisk.
  954. The summit of the Cheongeang mountain range, which was standing at an altitude, burst out with a roar.
  955. At the same time.
  956. Kuu Woong.
  957. Tiamat on the top of the towering Cheonan mountain range, looking as if to plow the skies, looked down at it with a complicated look.
  958. I did not know you would come here.
  959. At the foot, looking at the now frozen city, Tiamat grabbed the pile of Lancome in his hand.
  960. 'Do not let the immortals know ... about this place.'
  961. Tiamat, who at first glanced firmly at his heart, quickly began looking for his traces.
  962. The city is very wide, and of course Tiamat can not scrutinize the whole range of it, but it is not difficult.
  963. 'There he is.'
  964. Tiamat muttered as he watched the ship crash down.
  965. The hope of mankind made to be launched into space.
  966. Although it lost its meaning now, it was not easy to see that it was crashed into its own hand.
  967. When I was looking at the ship restoring the fortified wall, tremendous aura began to flourish at the fingertips of Tiamat.
  968. 'There is no vital reaction. But I do not know ... '
  969. Quaaaaan!
  970. Tiamat took Lancome's stake and aimed at the ship.
  971. Kuma!
  972. A tiny, but alienated, paulownia was heard with Tiamat's ear.
  973. Tiamat 's eyes looked as if he had found the prey.
  974. yet.
  975. 'found.'
  976. Tiamat laughed coldly as he watched a small being furiously heading towards the tower.
  977. I almost reached the top.
  978. But it is not too late.
  979. 'The ship is ...'
  980. B.
  981. Tiamat, who looked at the ship alternately beneath the mountains and the frozen body, slowly narrowed it down.
  982. If you are in good physical condition, you can also break the ship, and it is not hard to catch him, but it is not that far.
  983. Tiamat, who hesitated for a moment at the crossroads of choice, made the decision.
  984. 'From the rat.'
  985. The moment I made the decision.
  986. Tiamat recalled all the energy he had gathered on the stake and collected the energy back under his feet.
  987. At the same time.
  988. Kwaaan!
  989. Tiamat crashed all over the Cheongang mountain range at the foot of the foot, rising up into the air.
  990. 'There it is.'
  991. The new type of Tiamat with an angry expression disappeared in an instant.
  992. Beneath the mountains, leaving only the ship that crashed.
  993. yet.
  994. Kurrer.
  995. The ship was slowly covered by the avalanche.
  996.  
  997.  
  998.  
  999.  
  1000.  
  1001.  
  1002. <65. Rhetoric (5)> End
  1003. ? ALLA
  1004. <65. Rhetoric (6)>
  1005.  
  1006.  
  1007.  
  1008.  
  1009.  
  1010. I'm tired.
  1011. 'Huh. Pain is ... . '
  1012. Hansoo who ran toward the tower grabbed his head.
  1013. Because of the memory I remembered earlier, the pain in my head was getting stronger.
  1014. No, it was not exactly pain.
  1015. It was the feeling that something constantly shouted from the inside.
  1016. Remember what you forgot.
  1017. But I did not remember the part as if it were damaged.
  1018. The spirit, who was in the consciousness of Han, opened his mouth.
  1019. <Night. But you ... .>
  1020. "Well?"
  1021. A moment when Hansoo unconsciously answered the voices of the spirits who suddenly conversed.
  1022. The Obelisk.
  1023. Kuren.
  1024. Suddenly I heard a roar with the sound coming down from the back.
  1025. The sound of the whole space collapsing.
  1026. Hansoo pulled one hand off his head and grabbed his posture.
  1027. 'come.'
  1028. The Obelisk.
  1029. A massive magical storm was rushing around the towering tower, spewing out a devastating aura.
  1030. <Huh huh!>
  1031. At the same time the spirit is not telling me that I have felt that energy.
  1032. Key Iying!
  1033. Kwaaan!
  1034. A white line ran to smash Hansoo.
  1035. At the same time.
  1036. Hansoo's body began to prepare for the attack like a beast.
  1037. The Ryuma River protected and strengthened the body.
  1038. Since the cooldown did not turn around, I forcibly lifted the racialization that was a little burdensome to write yet and covered my whole body with scales.
  1039. Three dragons from Hansoo 's heart suddenly popped out of the window and united at the end.
  1040. The moment when the muscles contracted as if the whole body muscles burst.
  1041. Queddough!
  1042. Lightning flew toward the attack that flew toward himself.
  1043. Kwaan!
  1044. A gigantic tower of machinery, a roar that could fill all the way around, ran through the blizzard and rang out everywhere.
  1045. Jell-jitter.
  1046. Toot.
  1047. 'Huhu!'
  1048. I have blocked it, but I have not blocked it properly.
  1049. If you have been properly hit without racialization, you will be struck in the ground at once, a mighty blow that may have struck you up to hundreds of meters.
  1050. A flash of white shattered the lounges of the shoes and pushed them in.
  1051. Crunch!
  1052. The feet were punched and made a long furrow.
  1053. My muscles caught everything my arms were going to flex.
  1054. In order to prevent the aftermath of the collision, the heart and the majok drastically changed the blood flow and spurred magic power and strengthened the rhythm.
  1055. Chi profit!
  1056. Only the aftermath of the collision created scales that covered the entire body of Hansoo.
  1057. But before Hansoo solves the aftermath of the collision.
  1058. Hooooooooooooo
  1059. Something that broke through the snowstorm pierced a white stake.
  1060. Something that even looks tough compared to lightning in the golden light.
  1061. But the moment of collision.
  1062. Kwaan!
  1063. The golden lightning that she made up to prevent Hansoo burst out with a roar, and the body of Hansoo who was hit with that shock was also pushed backward.
  1064. Towards that kind of water.
  1065. Well, that's it!
  1066. The white line began to wiggle in space without any reason.
  1067. Kwaan!
  1068. Kwang!
  1069. The golden and silvery clashes and the roar of everywhere bounced.
  1070. However, Hansoo, who was receiving the attack, breathed it.
  1071. His prediction was somewhat right.
  1072. No, in some ways, I fell better than that.
  1073. But it was not perfect at the same time.
  1074. 'It's more than I imagined.'
  1075. The opponent was obviously severely weakened.
  1076. I can not see it because of the storm of magic.
  1077. If it did not, it would not have been possible in such a long distance.
  1078. Hansoo could hardly guess why.
  1079. 'I was trapped in Baekryong Ran ... . I have a connection. '
  1080. The reason why Tiamat was so reluctant to come out of the.
  1081. Something must be eating the power of Tiamat with a magical storm.
  1082. But still strong.
  1083. I can push the cold water without a hitch.
  1084. Hooooooooooooo
  1085. In the body of Hansoo, the red powder, the integral, burst out and aimed at the full body of the Tiamat.
  1086. Because horsepower is not important now.
  1087. All skills that can be used must be activated.
  1088. The black dragon of the dragon river was wrapped around as if it were coming out, and the dragon hanging at the end of the window was soaring to four, five, beyond three.
  1089. But the white light that surrounds Tiamat's body.
  1090. Kwaan!
  1091. Kwang!
  1092. He was enduring all the hard blow of such a blow.
  1093. I can not tolerate the involvement of one person.
  1094. Hansoo grabbed the window as he watched such an opponent.
  1095. '... It's really fucking.'
  1096. The opponent was really strong.
  1097. 'If this is about ... . Abyss also works to some extent. '
  1098. Hansoo was frustrated.
  1099. Even though it may be at the beginning level of the Abyss, it is so strong even though the dimension is blocked.
  1100. Moreover, the more the fighting, the more the body and the power are squeezed, the more the headache in the head becomes worse.
  1101. 'There is no hardship in this. I've been collecting bad luck since when I started. "
  1102. When there is a bad smile on the inside and outside the overlap of the bad news.
  1103. "...?"
  1104. The Obelisk.
  1105. Hansoo looked at his opponent who suddenly stopped attacking and wondered.
  1106. 'Stopped?'
  1107. When Hansoo stands at the far end and sees Tiamat looking at herself.
  1108. Tiamat, who made a complicated look by narrowing the mistress, looked at Hansoo and said that he could not believe it.
  1109. No, exactly speaking, I see the three energies that surround Hansoo 's body.
  1110. "What are you doing?"
  1111. I felt it before.
  1112. But at that time I ignored it.
  1113. That's ridiculous.
  1114. I was attacked on the wall of the dimension, so I could not get a closer look at the guy.
  1115. But now I see it is totally different.
  1116. "Where did you get it?"
  1117. Thiammet was attacked again with the expression that he could not understand.
  1118. The white flash of Tiamat sprang toward Hansoo.
  1119. Kwaaan!
  1120. "One destroyer can not have several."
  1121. Kwaaan!
  1122. Tiamat muttered as he watched the three energies that he was pouring out in order to prevent the attack.
  1123. Red clouds.
  1124. It is truly destructive.
  1125. If you write a really strong person, there is no reason to destroy one world.
  1126. Dragon dragging the tip of a boy.
  1127. That too.
  1128. Perhaps the person who got it was a transcendent unmanned man who could come to the world.
  1129. It is literally enough to split the sky lightly and tear the continent.
  1130. The same is true of the body of his body.
  1131. I do not know what kind of race it imitated, but it must have been an unusual race.
  1132. If their race were to commit a planet based on civilization, the race that the planet was trying to imitate must be a species that was capable of navigating the universe with the power of the individual upsetting the planet.
  1133. Seeds produced by transcendents, one by one.
  1134. So Tiamat could not believe the condition of the abnormal guy.
  1135. Destroyer.
  1136. A person who is born under transcendence like himself can only get one if he is dead.
  1137. Actually I was a little short to get myself.
  1138. Only one condition can be obtained.
  1139. Bump until you are destroyed.
  1140. Destroy the whole world and swallow it up.
  1141. So its name is a ruin.
  1142. It is a powerful force that can be obtained only if you strike everything inside and out.
  1143. The thing that he has is only seed, but the possibilities are really enormous.
  1144. A seed of something that can be a giant that spreads leaves on roots of huge land, covers the whole mountain range, and covers the sky.
  1145. There are three.
  1146. There is a limit.
  1147. I am trying to raise three in a pot of pots to grow one ... .
  1148. The pollen is shattering.
  1149. "Yes, you are," he said.
  1150. Tiamat muttered, gazing into Hansoo 's eyes.
  1151.  
  1152. ........................
  1153.  
  1154. It is.
  1155. Iron Crush.
  1156. Wood gain.
  1157. A land of spirits spread out in vastness.
  1158. Surprisingly hundreds of thousands of people stood on the ground of death and were staring at one side of the empire with weapons grabbing weapons while the flames of the flames that kept the players from approaching filled the ground.
  1159. "Damn ... Why are you doing this all of a sudden?"
  1160. Enviarin, who was standing in front of the travelers, saw his opponent.
  1161. Standing in front of their eyes and seeing the Ain who are blocking them.
  1162. The ain 's absorbed energy in the land of the elemental was no longer a shadowy figure.
  1163. The whole body is flickering or flashing with lightning, and the ains are absorbed from the earth of the element, so that it can not be compared with the former.
  1164. Although the number is only a few thousands, one man was showing off more than his father, Arthas Kranzcheka.
  1165. Of course, the sweat of the traveler 's backbone was changing.
  1166. 'Shit. This is the kingdom or empire ... . I was afraid that Ain would go into the land of the spirit. "
  1167. I would have liked to be able to strengthen the Ain people who are allied with them.
  1168. In the world where the enemy is full, there is no worse because the alliance is strong.
  1169. But if there is such a conflict, the story is different.
  1170. Methuselah, the prophet who stood at the head of the Ain, did not reply to Enbiarin's words, but grinned.
  1171. Karhail, who stood beside Enbiarin, shouted, "Do you have a fire in the attitude of such a mademusa?"
  1172. I do not want to go to hell and I do not want to go to hell! I thought that dangerous guy crawled into my place to die! "
  1173. This is the reason for the conflict in the first place.
  1174. Shortly after the conversation between Methuselah and Tiamat in the war fortress.
  1175. Tiamat left his seat and started running into the place where Katsu is.
  1176. And when he returned, Methuselah began to control the Aines so that they could not move.
  1177. I can understand that there is no fighting on the spot.
  1178. Methuselah is the leader of the Ain, and he may have wanted to avoid a fight against a monstrous creature like Tiamat.
  1179. But now the story is different.
  1180. Beyond that, the Cheongeang mountain range is extremely advantageous for the Ain people, and it is a very unfavorable place for Tiamat which has not received the favor of the spirit.
  1181. Tiamat crawled into my cheek into the Cheongeang mountain range.
  1182. You can not go into the Cheongeang mountain until you get yourself a spirit, but for the sake of the ain, it's a great chance to get rid of the potential enemy Tiamat.
  1183. No, it was not moving, but Mamoussea was blocking the movement.
  1184. Even if the number is strong, even if Tiamat is in a disadvantageous environment, it is hard to imagine that Han Soo wins in the minds of travelers including Karhala.
  1185. Because I saw the manhood of Tiamat, who had just twice been attacked by the half of the shield of the war fortress with his own eyes.
  1186. Even if I go to helper right now, I'm holding on to my ankle on the mantle plate.
  1187. I was thinking of all kinds of arrogant thoughts in the minds of travelers including Karhad and Enbiarin.
  1188. It was even more so because Tiamat and Methuselah had confirmed some kind of conversation.
  1189. 'You fucking ... . What the hell are you thinking? '
  1190. "If you will not move, get out now! We have to move!"
  1191. Ambassador, unable to overcome his temper in the attitude of Methuselah, who kept his position in silence, cried out loudly.
  1192. It is not just for Hansoo.
  1193. Shortly after Tiamat scuttled the war fortress with only two attacks, the travelers' anxiety reached a pole.
  1194. If such a guy pushes into the ground of the spirit, it is really ruined.
  1195. Such a man cut his flesh and went to the most dangerous place.
  1196. It's a perfect opportunity.
  1197. If you do not kill the weakest person who might be the strongest, you can not sleep.
  1198. Now, if you run to the north and get the power of the spirit based on the blessings of the Ain people, and attack through the Cheonan mountain range, you will end up on the mantle.
  1199. Methuselah, who was watching such an Enviarine, answered quietly.
  1200. "Go ahead."
  1201. "What?"
  1202. "It was a very important time."
  1203. 'It's not like you guys get in.'
  1204. Methuselah gazed at the Cheonggang mountain range beyond her with a gentle face.
  1205.  
  1206.  
  1207.  
  1208.  
  1209.  
  1210. <65. Rhetoric (6)> End
  1211. ? ALLA
  1212. <66. Al (1)>
  1213.  
  1214.  
  1215.  
  1216.  
  1217.  
  1218. The Obelisk.
  1219. The roar of the battle near the tower rang through the blizzard and rang in all directions.
  1220. Even the ship, which was stuck in the ground in the distance, far away.
  1221. Prodigal.
  1222. Surprisingly, the ship was already in a state where all the holes that had been drilled by shelling were already in place.
  1223. He would, too, because this place was full of spirit energy.
  1224. The energy that rattles in all directions is harsh for humans, but it has been a good source of energy for the spirit that is the energy source of the ship.
  1225. Koo Woong!
  1226. As soon as the recovered ship has finished repairing the outer wall.
  1227. Keying.
  1228. The entire ship was surrounded by a faint blue light.
  1229. The ship, which has been completely successful in rebuilding the outer wall of the highest priority order, has started to operate the shield again.
  1230. At the same time.
  1231. Keying!
  1232. The chill that filled the inside of the ship quickly disappeared and the frozen colonies began to return to their original state.
  1233. Thanks to the aura of the spirit that has begun to fill up the internal colonies that have been blocked from the outside.
  1234. Kurr!
  1235. The frozen lake returned to its original shape, and the leaf sprouted from the tree that had been shattered.
  1236. A miraculous act that can not be explained by the supply of simple energy.
  1237. The inside of the colony, full of death, was filled with life.
  1238. But there it is.
  1239. Woo Woong.
  1240. The ship, which lost its owner, entered the silence as if it had done what it had to do, as soon as the ship offered to restore its internal colony.
  1241. Then.
  1242. Keying!
  1243. The gold began to grow younger in the corner of the ship, which seemed to be no longer changing.
  1244. yet.
  1245. "Big hurray! Hurray ... Hurray!"
  1246. A few players breathed a sigh of relief on the spot.
  1247. One of them checked his inventory and sighed a sigh of relief.
  1248. "Huh ... I thought I would die even if I used the stone of Phoenix. I was lucky."
  1249. The idea of ??such a player was obvious in some sense.
  1250. I suddenly jumped into the ship when I saw a hole in the sudden bombardment, but there it was.
  1251. The chill storms coming in from all directions came into the ships as they followed them.
  1252. The master skill which escapes to space and prolongs the life is used, but it does not have a way to endure the chill which it raises.
  1253. As soon as the skill was untied, I instantly died, and even if I survived with the phoenix stone, I was ready to die. Fortunately, I woke up and the ship was recovering.
  1254. The players who took away artifacts from the main island were exchanging their eyes while looking at each other, and they opened their mouths with a smile.
  1255. "Well, they're logged out, you're logged out ... we'll go back inside this treasure house."
  1256. 'And it looks like this could move.'
  1257. Players who laughed gratifyingly at the sight of a huge ship were beginning to disperse in all directions.
  1258. In order not to miss any single thing on this ship that seems unseemly at a glance.
  1259.  
  1260. ............................
  1261.  
  1262. Kwaaan!
  1263. There was a rumbling sound falling from all directions under the huge tower.
  1264. While the white flash and the black yellow flash crossed without mind.
  1265. Tiamat looked at Hansoo who narrowed his eyes and blocked his attack.
  1266. 'How to make ... a ruin.'
  1267. When you become stronger than Tiamat, you will have the ability to see things that are not visible.
  1268. For example, I am hurt in the soul of others.
  1269. The opponent's soul was surprisingly solid, and also hard.
  1270. I can not believe that I have lived in an ordinary place for two or three decades and started to fight here and start fighting.
  1271. The soul of a warrior, like a decade of endless battle.
  1272. A bead that is rough, but refined like steel.
  1273. It was the feeling of Hansoo 's soul that Tiamat looked at.
  1274. No, I should have felt that way if it was original.
  1275. 'The department supports. Not cancer. "
  1276. Tiamat scoffed.
  1277. There was a crack in the steel beads to be solid and solid.
  1278. It was not a flaw enough to smash the entire bead, but the cracks, which were deep enough and long enough to smudge its integrity, were crossing the entire bead.
  1279. It is all due to ruin.
  1280. The destroyer gave him power to deal with himself, but to that extent.
  1281. The power that surpasses itself requires the cost.
  1282. Even if it is something you do not want.
  1283. 'I have the power to presume ... . '
  1284. It does not matter to the guy if you think about it.
  1285. He is not the time to worry about his soul.
  1286. Kwaaan!
  1287. The white peg in Tiamat 's hand began to run like crazy.
  1288. While clarifying the will to crush the opponent who finished the question.
  1289. Cuddle!
  1290. Hansoo, who stood out of the white flash of unfolding, frowned.
  1291. Because he did not understand what he was doing alone, he was jealous and jealous, and the attitude of the attacker was puzzling.
  1292. It's broken.
  1293. Besides, what did you get from where you got the skill?
  1294. 'Skill, I would have seen it boring ... Zero numbering?'
  1295. The moment Han Soo frowned in the middle.
  1296. Throbbing.
  1297. I have had more pain in my head.
  1298. 'this… . '
  1299. Hansoo was suffering from sudden pain, but pain does not matter now.
  1300. The white flash was once again flocking.
  1301. Obelisk!
  1302. The strong strife that erupted the blizzard and made it difficult for Hansoo to think.
  1303. 'Now you've seen everything.'
  1304. As if the curiosity was solved, Hansoo frowned over watching Tiamat accelerating the attack.
  1305. Kwaaan!
  1306. 'I'm just going to get hit like this.'
  1307. The ending of this fight is fixed, though it is encouraging itself to be able to stay.
  1308. Before that, we must find breakthroughs.
  1309. With such eyes.
  1310. Uwoo!
  1311. There was a giant tower still gushing a blizzard.
  1312. Kwaan!
  1313. Hansoo, who avoided the attack, turned his head quickly toward the tower.
  1314. You have to take possibilities in what you do not know.
  1315. It is unbelievable that we have to find in the unknown the means to deal with the difficulties we can not even imagine.
  1316. But Hansoo faced reality.
  1317. In fact, even it seemed difficult.
  1318. Crunch!
  1319. The attack flew back to Hansoo, who was backing away, hurling the lightning bolt roughly.
  1320. The moment I stopped the white flash.
  1321. Koo Woong!
  1322. The body of Hansoo who floated in the air ran blindly and was thrown away to the outer wall of the tower.
  1323. Quaaaaan!
  1324. "Cuckoo ..."
  1325. Kurrer.
  1326. Fragments of an outer wall made of an unidentified alloy were scattered all over the place, and the body of water fell down to the floor through the fragments.
  1327. Suddenly, the broken snowflakes began to suck.
  1328. The outer wall is smashed and the hole that can enter the inside space is opened.
  1329. Hansoo stood up and looked inside.
  1330. In any case, the best chance to get inside.
  1331. But as he looked inside through the broken hole, he narrowed the gap.
  1332. I realized a serious problem.
  1333. '... the magic storm inside does not stir.'
  1334. You should not go inside.
  1335. The storm of magic keeps the Tiamat in the current situation, but if it does not exist, it will be crushed instantly.
  1336. Even if there is anything in it, I die before I find it.
  1337. Low. Low.
  1338. Tiamat slowly laughed at him and laughed at him.
  1339. "Why did you think there was something inside?"
  1340. If he did, he would have blown him over there.
  1341. The moment the guy came here.
  1342. His death was fixed.
  1343. 'Just kill it here and finish it ... . '
  1344. That moment.
  1345. Throbbing.
  1346. 'It's big.'
  1347. Tiamat narrowed his legs to a slight pain in his heart.
  1348. Something was dancing like crazy near the heart.
  1349. It is a huge force that can not be suppressed even by oneself.
  1350. Tiamat frowned at the impression of surprise and looked away at the guy who was confronting him.
  1351. 'Dragon ... It was not long until the day that it could be easy. Because of such a bitch like that. '
  1352. A thousand years ago, the secret of the world that somebody suggested to himself.
  1353. <You ... . Do you know about the power of transcendence? It is also called the ruin.>
  1354. The shocking facts I heard from him.
  1355. The world is not alone, and I know that things beyond the common sense of the world are going on outside this dimension.
  1356. And some of them have learned that beyond the standards of the world, they literally become transcendent and show off their power in the new world.
  1357. That moment.
  1358. I started to dream myself.
  1359. for.
  1360. Transcendental creatures.
  1361. The ideal creature you dreamed of.
  1362. I just wanted to be a legendary dragon.
  1363. It is not a trivial impression, such as drawing a dragon shaped dragon, a real dragon.
  1364. So, I did not know how long it would take, I entered a grand task.
  1365. Unfortunately, it was limited only by the power of oneself.
  1366. The limits that the world has set.
  1367. Though not seen, the barrier could be felt, and Tiamat entered the grand preparations to become a transcendent through the barrier.
  1368. I made Baekryong Ran, which draws the power of Yongmaek, and cautiously threw that enormous power through the pile of Lancome.
  1369. And he built that burden in his body, and at the same time he suppressed the power through the stakes of Baekryongran and Lancome.
  1370. Before I pierce the wall, if the power is going to run away, everything will be blotted out.
  1371. And after an investment of a thousand years.
  1372. Finally the end was visible.
  1373. It is the moment when it wakes from the egg of the white dragon, and it is called the dragon called the creature of the legend.
  1374. I wriggle.
  1375. There is still enormous energy next to his heart, which is hard to imagine even with his own power.
  1376. It literally flipped the world once, the power to destroy it.
  1377. It is so huge that you can not even think of using it, but desperately trying to hold it down.
  1378. If I had gathered this power for one purpose only, and I had been carelessly bursting in with a little more time, I would have become a transcendent beyond the boundaries of the world.
  1379. But it came out of the egg without stabilization.
  1380. Thanks to the devastating power in the body, which was prepared to pierce the wall, it was constantly swallowing its own strength and expeditionary aspirations.
  1381. It will take at least hundreds of years to repress and prepare for this power.
  1382. It is absent.
  1383. A rough fricative came out of the mouth of Tiamat.
  1384. 'Because of that guy ... . '
  1385. I saw the guy who became the chief of this situation.
  1386. I can not easily kill.
  1387. Death is a very comfortable punishment.
  1388. Far away, Tiamat 's mouth, which looked at Hansoo, rose cruelly.
  1389. yet.
  1390. Tiamat's mouth stood in a snowstorm.
  1391. "I do not know if you take them as tools or if you care for them."
  1392. I have lived a thousand years, but I can see many things, but I do not know as much as the human mind.
  1393. I do not know how he has any sneaky intentions, or fuzzy self-definition with justice.
  1394. But that does not really matter.
  1395. The important thing is only one.
  1396. "But ... there is one person you care about. Expect, I'll kill you."
  1397. No matter how cold the person is, there is one who loves it.
  1398. The moment we sort out the situation here.
  1399. I will go back and kill all of them.
  1400. I do not leave a single guy.
  1401. As well as those who have been uploaded, even those who will continue to come up.
  1402. 'And you ... . I have an obligation to watch it all. '
  1403. When Tiamat laughs coldly.
  1404. Hansoo, who was listening to all the rattling sounds of Tiamat, narrowed the gap.
  1405. Not because of simple provocation, but because of sudden pain.
  1406. Throbbing. Throbbing.
  1407. As if to stimulate something to remember, the pain in my head was gradually getting stronger.
  1408. As if it was just a joke before.
  1409. Between memory and memory, something empty was constantly stimulating itself.
  1410. The pain in the crotch also caused the heartbeat to become rough.
  1411. The moment when the heart rate peaked with intense pain.
  1412. Quad Sucks.
  1413. The unusual sound of something popping, or a chain breaking, burst in my head.
  1414. Tall.
  1415. '... What?'
  1416. Suddenly watching the guy stop moving, Tiamat pinched tightly.
  1417.  
  1418.  
  1419.  
  1420.  
  1421.  
  1422.  
  1423.  
  1424. <66. Al (1)> End
  1425. ? ALLA
  1426. <66. Al (2)>
  1427.  
  1428.  
  1429.  
  1430.  
  1431.  
  1432. Woo Woong.
  1433. In the dark space.
  1434. Hansoo, who was thinking of buying it with pain in his head, woke up.
  1435. 'Here ...'
  1436. Hansoo, who felt that the pain had disappeared, looked into his conscious space.
  1437. I have come into consciousness space a few times.
  1438. New white, spacious, white space with nothing.
  1439. But this space was the first.
  1440. Sometimes unknown lights and darkness were buried and filled all over the place.
  1441. Like watching a movie, a lot of people were flowing all over the place.
  1442. The faces that everyone is familiar with.
  1443. But this vast movie space is not normal.
  1444. The world that was filled with light, darkness, and all kinds of images was cracked.
  1445. As if someone had scratched it with a sharp knife.
  1446. So Hansoo could see dimly what was in front of his eyes.
  1447. '... Memory? But why did I come here? "
  1448. Suddenly there is no reason to be dragged into this.
  1449. When Hansoo makes a strange look.
  1450. A rumbling voice came to Hansoo.
  1451. I called you. Wow… . How did you live?>
  1452. Since there is a combination of consciousness, there is also a spirit in the place where consciousness of Han Sue exists.
  1453. Being dragged into the inner space along Han-su, the spirit kicked his tongue as he watched Hansoo's head.
  1454. A cracking soul.
  1455. Overlapping memories on top of it.
  1456. 'I put too much force on unrequited power.'
  1457. As the memories seemed to be invisible, the ghost shook his head as he looked at his recent activities.
  1458. The species itself is not originally made for battle, though it may be the spirit itself.
  1459. Of course, if you get tired, you have to rest, and if you run out, you have to go ahead and make your way.
  1460. But he is different.
  1461. Battle, battle. And battle.
  1462. Fight, fight, and squeeze your body.
  1463. It barely strikes, it wears, and it goes forward.
  1464. The spirits who watched the fragments of the memory made the expression that it does not understand.
  1465. 'This is ridiculous.'
  1466. They are made by humans and know a certain degree about humans.
  1467. Human beings can not go forward if their original goal is steady, but if they lack motivation.
  1468. Basically, it is designed to follow joy and happiness.
  1469. Even if the purpose is firm, even if it is necessary to do now, it is a nature to take care if there is something dangerous and to prepare thoroughly to reduce the risk if there is something unseemly.
  1470. But this guy jumped into a fight as soon as there was a chance of success.
  1471. I live with my soul and body.
  1472. Besides, ordinary people plant seeds of destruction that are too hard for them to bear, and raise them without any difficulty.
  1473. If I had grown the seeds while I was working on my time, I would have been able to accommodate those three powers.
  1474. But this guy was too much in a short period of time.
  1475. No matter how hard the body and the gigantic soul are, they will fall and become gold.
  1476. It is only the recovery of the flesh, but the soul that is the source of existence is not.
  1477. It's much more delicate.
  1478. '... If you go this way, it will be completely ruined.'
  1479. The elephant kicked his tongue as he watched Hansoo.
  1480. Someone will say it's a hero, but it's not a hero, it's just an idiot.
  1481. At least the heroes of the hero exist in their hearts even if they are self-satisfied.
  1482. This is just a machine.
  1483. It's a machine somewhat broken down somewhere.
  1484. A broken locomotive that does not even know that the engine is dying and runs constantly on the rail.
  1485. 'I do not think this was the first time. strange.'
  1486. I've been looking through my memory, but I literally have just looked at it. I have only seen memories in recent months.
  1487. The moment the emperor looks at the cracked space to look more wondering.
  1488. Urrules.
  1489. The trembling vibration of the space sounded, and the spirit kicked his tongue.
  1490. I can not hold on to this place for a long time because I do not have enough strength yet.
  1491. 'I'll have to see it quickly.'
  1492. It accelerates consciousness, but it is hard to live long.
  1493. The spirit, who arranged the thought, opened his mouth toward Hansoo.
  1494. When you go this way, it is completely destroyed. So I called>
  1495. His soul and consciousness are like home to himself.
  1496. Of course, if the guy gets smashed, he can not be fine himself.
  1497. I do not like him, but I can not do my own suicide.
  1498. There is a very good way for yourself.
  1499. Good for him.
  1500. Good for myself.
  1501. The spirit opened his mouth to Hansoo.
  1502. <Originally you do not deserve us. Only the reformer deserves it.>
  1503. "Improved?"
  1504. At that end, the spirit nodded.
  1505. When I read your memories, you called them Ain. They are reformers.>
  1506. "... a reformed species."
  1507. As soon as Kang tried to recreate exactly what the modified breed was, the jin hit the player.
  1508. <It's not urgent right now. Anyway, one thing is important. If you go this way, either your soul will be shattered, or your body will be shattered. I do not have enough strength.>
  1509. Hansoo nodded at the end.
  1510. It is clear that the situation is definitely being pushed.
  1511. The spirit opened his mouth to see such a water.
  1512. <But ... . There is a way>
  1513. "What is that?"
  1514. At that end the spirit opened his mouth.
  1515. <Combination>
  1516. The reason why Hansoo does not handle himself right now is basically because he does not like him, but basically he does not fit each other properly.
  1517. Originally, they were born to be treated by reformed species.
  1518. No matter how much authentication code I planted in my body, it was barely allowed.
  1519. Sharing consciousness over a long period of time, and gradually adjusting the wavelengths of each other, can be combined and exert a stronger force.
  1520. But now I do not have time for that.
  1521. So try to force it.
  1522. Hansoo frowned at the horse.
  1523. "If there is such a way, have you tried it now?"
  1524. At that end, the spirit frowned.
  1525. If it succeeds, one of them will be destroyed.
  1526. It is because there is no consciousness at all to concede to each other that the two can not mix properly.
  1527. But if the consciousness of one side completely disappears, the story is completely different.
  1528. In the end, the horse is a bond, but it is a bloody battle for the initiative.
  1529. With his own soul and consciousness.
  1530. The spirit grumbled and muttered.
  1531. <Fucking ... . I do not want to take this risk. I have been trapped for a long time and it finally came out.>
  1532. It may or may not win.
  1533. But the loser disappears.
  1534. If you stay well, you will be able to coexist with each other. Who would want to take this risk?
  1535. At least the Jin himself never wanted to do that.
  1536. But now there is no choice.
  1537. The spirit opened his mouth to Hansoo.
  1538. I'm sure both will die if I go this way. You do not want to die either? So walk. If I win, your consciousness will die. On the other hand, if you win, my consciousness will be extinguished and control will pass to you completely.>
  1539. I was pushed once in the consciousness by the guy, but the combination does not have anything to do with it.
  1540. It is only a duel between the soul and the soul, which is suitable to become the master of the body.
  1541. 'And… . If the guy who cracked his soul is his opponent, I will win. "
  1542. In fact, here is why the spirit invited Hansoo.
  1543. If his soul was as perfect as Venus, he would have kept up to the last minute.
  1544. It 's only a dog' s thing to do a strange fight.
  1545. But if you are in the situation right now, you have a chance.
  1546. No, it is rather high.
  1547. 'you too… . You can not refuse. '
  1548. Your proposal is extremely reasonable.
  1549. At the end of such a spirit, Hansoo pondered and opened his mouth.
  1550. "Even if they win, they will not win Tiamat."
  1551. The power of the element is surely powerful.
  1552. But strictly speaking, it gives us a level of strength.
  1553. It is the power of the inequality, or the physical strengthening procedure.
  1554. The elephant laughed at the horse.
  1555. "Have you forgotten what is next to us? If I use my power properly, I can draw the power of the tower.>
  1556. "Well."
  1557. He nodded at the end of the spirit like he understood.
  1558. A magical storm in the tower that makes even the Tiamat painful.
  1559. If it can be used properly, it can be solved without difficulty.
  1560. "Good, accept."
  1561. <Bring your hand to this side>
  1562. Looking at the spirit of lifting his right hand, Hansoo also raised his hand.
  1563. And the moment back.
  1564. Keying.
  1565. Something began to feel mixed up.
  1566. Your thoughts and feelings.
  1567. 'At least it was not a lie.'
  1568. When Kang muttered, feeling the feelings and thoughts of an opponent who began to feel gradually.
  1569. The spirit continued to speak.
  1570. You do not have to do anything during the process. But I will not be bored. Khach>
  1571. "I am not bored ..."
  1572. The spirits laughed and said,.
  1573. I can see each other's memories. It will not be long. I was born and I was all gone. So… . Good to come and visit. I'll come to have fun too.>
  1574. 'Soon after I was born?'
  1575. At the same time the words of the spirit end.
  1576. Farat.
  1577. Hansoo's consciousness began to be sucked once again somewhere.
  1578. Into the hands of the enemy.
  1579.  
  1580. .................................
  1581.  
  1582. The Obelisk.
  1583. 'This is ... . '
  1584. Hansoo muttered, looking at the surroundings, where even the flesh felt like a non-existent state.
  1585. There is consciousness, but the place where the consciousness is contained is another place.
  1586. '... I think it is a memory of the spirit.'
  1587. I felt my shape shining in seven colors in a flask with a diameter of about 5m.
  1588. Remember when the spirit was born.
  1589. <Whoa. Did you guys make me? Nice to meet you.>
  1590. The voice of the spirit who spoke to someone standing outside the flask was felt to Hansoo.
  1591. You can not control the body of the spirit.
  1592. The role of a thorough supervisor.
  1593. However, Hansoo could borrow the sense of the spirit to look outside the flask.
  1594. On the outside, dozens of panels were constantly hearing various kinds of machine sounds.
  1595. [Coordination ... . 98%.]
  1596. [Whether it is possible to ... . 99.8%]
  1597. [Immediately combine with the modified species.]
  1598. At the same time.
  1599. <Huh! Awesome!>
  1600. At the top of the flask, the javelin sucked into the pipe began to scream and quickly move somewhere.
  1601. Hansoo was in the consciousness of the spirit.
  1602. Quarre Lour.
  1603. The move was not long.
  1604. The body of the spirit that moved in a frenzy somewhere in an instant was sucked into somewhere.
  1605. It feels like the moment when the spirit comes into your body.
  1606. Hansoo could see where the spirit of his consciousness entered.
  1607. 'I joined with Ain.'
  1608. At the same time, Hansoo could see why the spirit was filled with complaints.
  1609. <Ck. You are my master. Nice to meet you. It's. It's really cool. I do not want to leave.>
  1610. 'The dimensions are different.'
  1611. Feeling the mumbling of the spirit, Hansoo thought to himself.
  1612. The body of Ain, who was in charge of the spirit, was different from himself.
  1613. Just like the beings made for the spirit, they fit each other without any error.
  1614. The feeling of finding half of the soul.
  1615. It is.
  1616. Obelisk.
  1617. The combination of the soul and the soul, which had been tortured even though I tried so hard, was happening in an instant.
  1618. The time it took to combine the spirit and the ain is really good.
  1619. yet.
  1620. Aaaah.
  1621. Hansoo's consciousness began to make me feel the familiar five senses.
  1622. At the same time, the voice that speaks to himself.
  1623. "You're my partner, nice to meet you ... I'm ... MSL-17.
  1624. <Ck. MSL-17. I do not know what it means, but I like it. I'm really happy.>
  1625. The giant window was seen in front of Kang 's eyes which finished with the spirit.
  1626. So Hansoo could see where he was.
  1627. 'That tower is normal.'
  1628. Top of the tower.
  1629. There were a wide range of cities that Hansoo saw at the foot.
  1630. A huge building boasting a height of several kilometers.
  1631. Hundreds of thousands of floating vehicles moving between huge skyscrapers.
  1632. 'It was like this before it was frozen.'
  1633. In the sights of a futuristic city that boasts an overwhelming spectacle that is different from the frozen city.
  1634. Hansoo was able to identify the face of Ain, who was the master of the spirit, reflected in the glass window.
  1635. A woman with a beautiful blonde, so lovingly looking to pet it.
  1636. "You see? People down there ... You and I are the people to look after in the new world."
  1637. To my surprise, I had seen a woman who, speaking exactly to her, spoke to the spirit.
  1638. 'Methuselah. You were the old master of this guy. After all, I was just born and fucked ... LA. '
  1639. Past of a thousand years ago.
  1640. As she watched the woman's face reflected in the window, she looked down and watched the light of the city shining like a symbol of prosperity.
  1641.  
  1642.  
  1643.  
  1644.  
  1645.  
  1646.  
  1647. <66. Al (2)> End
  1648. <67. The locomotive to ruin (1)>
  1649.  
  1650.  
  1651.  
  1652.  
  1653.  
  1654. The Obelisk.
  1655. I arrived here one day.
  1656. Hansoo, who was in the middle of walking in the city of Methuselah,
  1657. 'won. I can not move myself. "
  1658. Where the foot of Methuselah goes and where the sight of Methuselah reaches.
  1659. What Methuselah touches and what Methuselah feels.
  1660. That was all I could get.
  1661. One point of comfort is that you do not run out of sight.
  1662. 'It's great.'
  1663. Hansoo looked at the world beyond the window through the gaze of Methuselah gazing out the window.
  1664. I did not look at the huge city I had seen before.
  1665. More above.
  1666. A huge sphere that surrounds the whole city of a huge city.
  1667. Outside of such a sphere.
  1668. Foo Oh!
  1669. The Obelisk.
  1670. At a glance, a storm of unusual cold was raging.
  1671. The sunlight to be sunk in the sky was caught in the gray clouds, and I could not think of it at all.
  1672. It is not the light of the sun shining from above the sky, but the huge artificial sphere at the top of the high, high tower.
  1673. It's a lunge.
  1674. Under such sunlight.
  1675. There was someone walking toward Methuselah.
  1676. Someone in a brilliantly shaped uniform opened his mouth with an arrogant look, looking at Methuselah.
  1677. "MSL, I have time to be lazy here.
  1678. "... I was just looking out the window. I thought it was a sight I could not see anymore."
  1679. At that end, the man in uniform, the first-class citizen Akamel's mouth, climbed up.
  1680. Obvious ridicule.
  1681. MSL-17, who looked at the look of the camel, looked at his face and bowed his head.
  1682. I do not understand that reaction.
  1683. Instead of the MSL-17, it was the spirit that spoke.
  1684. <And the dog laborer! We are the ones who will be behind us! It's not ours that made us ...>
  1685. The spirits who spoke up to here have cautiously reduced their voices with a loud voice.
  1686. Created beings.
  1687. There was no more accurate title for them, but it was a painful thing to call themselves.
  1688. Methuselah laughed at the voice of the spirit.
  1689. "It's not true."
  1690. They were all made up.
  1691. Only one reason was born.
  1692. To deal effectively with the artificial ego energy control system, the so-called 'spirit', created by a genius scientist, Nepalem.
  1693. To deal with limited energy as efficiently as possible was not enough.
  1694. Energy itself must move with will.
  1695. One penny of energy can not be wasted.
  1696. In this world where at least everything is lacking.
  1697. Koo Woo Woong.
  1698. Methuselah, who was out of the sphere and looked at the gray storm, suddenly stopped and asked for Achamel.
  1699. "Do you keep in touch with other cities?"
  1700. "Why do you ask that?"
  1701. When Acham answered with a look at why he was making a cheeky sound, Methuselah replied with a grim look.
  1702. "I share the energy of the lee, but I do not know each other's affairs.
  1703. A huge energy river that has led humanity to new hope.
  1704. Merchant.
  1705. And the power that drove humanity to the point of destruction.
  1706. The more energy, the more enormous power, the more desperate the human race, the more rivalry of the rivers,
  1707. The result is as you can see in front of you.
  1708. The river rushed and the whole continent was overturned.
  1709. The volcano erupted as the mantle under the crust overturned, and the continent was split into severe areas.
  1710. Without a break, tsunamis swarmed over the continent and swallowed huge amounts of volcanic ash quickly.
  1711. Suddenly, the whole earth was surrounded by darkness, and the second alternative, the solar energy, disappeared and a long ice age came.
  1712. But I did not say it was rotten.
  1713. Due to overuse, a huge tower has risen to the center of available strength of the overturned mermaid.
  1714. <Obelisk>
  1715. The last tower to protect humanity from harsh environments.
  1716. It extracts the energy of the dragon, creates a shield, supplies energy for citizens to use, and operates the artificial sun to nurture the crop.
  1717. Below that, a splendid city can not stand a day without this obelisk.
  1718. And they, MSLs, were born to manage such obeliskes as efficiently as possible by using the spirit energy as efficiently as possible.
  1719. At the end of that MSL, Achamel frowned.
  1720. 'It seems cheeky. I'm talking back to the subject. "
  1721. However, if the MSL level is reached, the highest rank among the first class citizens can not be dealt with as well.
  1722. The MSL series is one of two series that has the highest level of competence among advanced breeds.
  1723. Nerpah Lem can not handle it because it has produced only about 100 objects that can not be counted.
  1724. '?.'
  1725. Acamel, who wriggled his eyebrows, replied with his lips.
  1726. "They are well prepared, so you have to do well, because we have to reserve as much energy as we can on the new planet."
  1727. "... Okay."
  1728. MSL-17, and Methuselah looked beyond the mountains.
  1729. Towards the place where the spaceships are being built by now.
  1730. Someday, the veins will also be exhausted.
  1731. So you have to leave for a new planet.
  1732. Towards the planet they were searching for, known as Tiamat.
  1733. 'How long can you stay?'
  1734. Urrules.
  1735. Watching the huge gray storm that is raging out of the city.
  1736. She muttered a little.
  1737.  
  1738. .....................................
  1739.  
  1740. Methuselah separated from first class citizens and started to head to the top of the tower.
  1741. The spirits, who were just born, hesitated to ask questions to Mamdusela without much hesitation.
  1742. <But then we go out there and do not live? It looks like there are a lot of interesting things to see.>
  1743. At the bottom of the tower, the city was bursting with unbroken light.
  1744. As if to tempt the viewer.
  1745. Not to be named as the last refuge of the reversed planet, the sight of various ads and media luring the citizens was enough to stimulate the curiosity of the new born spirit.
  1746. It was a waste of time, a waste of time in a city that lacks energy.
  1747. Methuselah laughed and replied to the horse of the spirit.
  1748. "Only the first-class citizens can live in the outskirts of the city, even though the buildings are big and wide ... because the population is so large."
  1749. Before the collapse of Obelisk, the number of mankind that existed is about 70 billion.
  1750. Most of the numbers gathered under the obelisk to escape the overturning veins of the crowd.
  1751. For a city scattered all over the world.
  1752. Of course, nearly 80% of the people were killed during the evacuation, but there were a lot of survivors.
  1753. The city's population is about 380 million.
  1754. 'Too many.'
  1755. No matter how big the city is, many of them are too many to live happily.
  1756. Therefore, only the first-class citizens of about 80 million people are allowed to live in the top-level residential area outside, the most humanly.
  1757. The elites who are judged to have the abilities or talents necessary for humanity in the future.
  1758. 'If a citizen of the first grade lives a little tightly, it will be all right. It's a story that does not matter to me. '
  1759. The problem of rights and privileges is the story of the citizens.
  1760. It is not applicable to the reformed species that are not citizens.
  1761. Methuselah turned his gaze from the window and began to go deeper into the tower, inward, and asked for such a spirit to Madechea.
  1762. I already got in? About 10 minutes left?>
  1763. At that end, Methuselah nodded his head.
  1764. "I have to work now, because the time given is over.
  1765. Those who do not need to sleep, reformers should always work at all times except for breaks.
  1766. The rest of the day, given to them, 2 hours.
  1767. The rest time was always short due to the need for human rights.
  1768. Energy was always lacking, and many advanced species, including the MSL series of high-end upgrades, had to be constantly on top of energy control to handle such energy efficiently.
  1769. For the convenience of many people living here.
  1770. Of course, most, but not all, first-class citizens objected to what kind of human rights they had, but unfortunately for them it was Nepal Lem who had made the claim.
  1771. If it was someone else's opinion, I would have taken it down, but Nepal Lem can not.
  1772. A savior of humanity who has created a spirit and a reformed species that are now living humanity.
  1773. Because its influence was indeed absolute, the first-rate citizens were faced with complaints and forced to admit free time for the reformed classes.
  1774. Ao. Those cubs. I do not pay my salary and I'm scared.>
  1775. "I do not really need it, it's not necessary to eat it, nor does it need any entertainment."
  1776. They have been improved.
  1777. It was created based on human beings, but unnecessary desire was largely suppressed.
  1778. Desire is always a way of creating a variable.
  1779. In addition, chipsets embedded in the back of the throat for first-class citizens to control the reformer.
  1780. 'Humans are ... . I always feel so afraid. Did the environment make them? "
  1781. After thinking about it, Methuselah looked at his work place, which arrived at once.
  1782. In the middle of the tower was a huge plaza.
  1783. The height was about 5 meters, but when you hit it with only the width, you walked to the middle of a vast space that would be several hundred times as big as the playground.
  1784. It is so transparent, it passes through a glass floor that gives you the feeling of walking through the air.
  1785. Keying.
  1786. Woo Woong.
  1787. One glass tube between the beautiful shining blue lines that cover the floor.
  1788. In some way, it looks like a casket, and in some way this beautiful glass tube like a prison is the place where MSC-17 should spend 22 hours a day.
  1789. Koo Woo-woo!
  1790. The moment Methuselah is settled in the beacon.
  1791. The energy flow of the whole tower began to come in the sense of the Methuselah.
  1792. Enormous energy to feed a huge city of 380 million people.
  1793. Keying!
  1794. <Huge! Take it!>
  1795. The complaining ghost began to control the energy flowing through the glass tube.
  1796. yet.
  1797. Key Iying!
  1798. Some of the energy flowing through the tower came under the control of Methuselah and the spirit, and they began to send energy somewhere.
  1799. It works, but it is not too difficult for them.
  1800. For those born to deal with this energy in the first place, this is an instinct.
  1801. The relaxed spirit muttered, feeling the massive machine above the head, felt through the senses of Methuselah.
  1802. <Anyway great. That Nerpah Lem ... did you even make this?
  1803. There are about 50,000 reformed species in this huge city and tower.
  1804. They are placed in towers and cities, and use energy to efficiently deal with the energy supplied to the city.
  1805. From small to large, I make beautiful landscapes including trees in cities where citizens live.
  1806. Largely controlling the total power supplied to the city.
  1807. But they, the MSL series, are made for something even more important.
  1808. Literally the peak of a modified species.
  1809. The most important system that constitutes humanity.
  1810. <Methusela System>
  1811. In the MSL series, the 98 sisters, including the MSL-17, were born solely for the management of the Methuselas system.
  1812. Only for this job.
  1813. Koo Woo Woo!
  1814. The foot of such a Methuselah.
  1815. Under a huge glass floor.
  1816. The transparent glass tubes that could be seen in the tens of millions were high and closely arranged along the high tower.
  1817. Exactly, 994,211,244.
  1818. And the inside.
  1819. 'They are ... . Are you happy? "
  1820. These are the core of the Methuselas system.
  1821. At the same time the last way human beings have chosen to survive.
  1822. When Methuselah muttered, he saw the faces of tens of thousands of sleeping people, with a very happy expression, and no less than 200 million people.
  1823. "You're still wet with useless sentiment. By the way, I do not know how long the bean sprouts will last. "
  1824. Outside of the beacon, someone dug up and talked to Methuselah.
  1825. Someone who is familiar with Hansoo.
  1826. 'Tiamat.'
  1827. But he is different from the Tiamat he knows.
  1828. When Hansoo watched a thousand years ago Tiamat which was crucial to Tiamat, he looked at the male in front of him as well.
  1829. 'TMT-17.'
  1830. I was born with my partner, but I do not know what I always think.
  1831. Methuselah looked at TMT-17 and made an uneasy look.
  1832.  
  1833.  
  1834.  
  1835. <67. The locomotive to ruin (1)> End
  1836. ? ALLA
  1837. <67. The locomotive to ruin (2)>
  1838.  
  1839.  
  1840. Early in the 2100s.
  1841. Humanity was full of confidence.
  1842. space.
  1843. deep sea.
  1844. disease.
  1845. death.
  1846. Something unknown.
  1847. I thought that mankind succeeded in pioneering and conquering most of what I had ever feared.
  1848. There is no disease that can not be fixed, the life span has already developed to over 300 light years, and the entire surface of the giant planet, including the sea, has long been an area of ??mankind.
  1849. In fact, the planet, the planet, and dozens of planets, including the planet already started as the first generation of active people are active. I was in the process of experimenting with terraforming.
  1850. Then, halfway.
  1851. Chalks were found.
  1852. The flow of strange energy based on the human body, not the machine.
  1853. Fossil fuels, nuclear power, solar energy, and other amazing powers that human beings use.
  1854. The power that humanity has pioneered up to now has been the power borrowed by weak humans to dominate the environment.
  1855. I made medicines to control the illness and I made remodeling facilities to increase my life expectancy.
  1856. I created a spaceship to dominate the universe and set up a city to conquer the deep sea.
  1857. But this power was different.
  1858. Amazing power that makes human being powerful.
  1859. You can walk deep in your body and the insects do not even approach you.
  1860. The more you build up in your body, the longer your life span and the more you can break your steel with your grip.
  1861. The human race that discovered the object of the new conquest deliberately dug out this energy.
  1862. There was a leader in this field, Nepal Lem.
  1863. But humans have overestimated their own abilities and underestimated their greed.
  1864. After the rivers explode, the thriving human race is pushed to the point of destruction at once.
  1865. Humans realized.
  1866. That your intellect can not perfectly control all situations.
  1867. So it started.
  1868. What human beings fear most but can not conquer.
  1869. A huge result that was created to control both the future and human desire.
  1870. The symbol of inner fear of mankind.
  1871. <Methusela System>
  1872. There are the necessary materials to control energy efficiently and to control all systems.
  1873. And...
  1874.  
  1875. ..............................
  1876.  
  1877. The Obelisk.
  1878. In the beacon, Methuselah opened his mouth to see the man in front of him.
  1879. Looking at the man who appeared in white light on his body.
  1880. "TMT-17. It's been a while."
  1881. Looking at the man that Methuselah greeted, Hansoo looked surprised.
  1882. '... Tiamat. It was Ain. "
  1883. Tiamat appeared in front of his eyes, and he was apparently the same shape he had seen a thousand years later.
  1884. However, the energy of the spirit is felt in full before your eyes.
  1885. It is different from the time when it was obviously human.
  1886. A man called TMT-17, who has the characteristics of a wholeness, opened his mouth to see Methuselah.
  1887. "Please do not give me that damn number behind me, I'm just calling you a mamdusela."
  1888. "I do not think it's very polite to call the name of the system to manage the system."
  1889. The TMT-17 shrugged his shoulders with his expression.
  1890. TMT series.
  1891. The Tiamat series, together with the MSL series, is one of two series located at the peak of the modified species.
  1892. Of course the purpose is clearly different.
  1893. They work on energy based on the spirit, but their birth background is clearly different.
  1894. If the people of Madesela were created to provide a comfortable environment for humans through the smooth management of the Methuselas system.
  1895. Tiamat was created to eliminate and combat various variables and threats that would pose a threat to humans.
  1896. So the name is Tiamat.
  1897. In order to protect humans thoroughly from dangerous planet, Tiamat, which may be a threat.
  1898. TMT-17, Tiamat pulled up the rim of his mouth, looking at the numerous glass tubes standing tightly in the foot of the Methuselah.
  1899. "It's a nanny here too, and I have to work as a nanny in that damn space ship.
  1900. "... that's our role."
  1901. "Oh no, it's your role, it's the role of killing and breaking."
  1902. "..."
  1903. When Methuselah is gritty.
  1904. Woo Woo Woo!
  1905. With a strange sound, the broadcast began to ring through the entire area of ??Obelisk, which Methuselah is responsible for.
  1906. [15 seconds later MSL-17 zone, Liberation of third class citizens will begin.]
  1907. [Underground residential area ... . Start of energy supply.]
  1908. [It is only open from 11:00 to 13:00 today to save energy.]
  1909. Tong! Tong! Tong! Tong!
  1910. The tens of millions of tubes underneath Methuselah began to move at the same time as objects on a conveyor belt.
  1911. Down, down further.
  1912. At the same time.
  1913. At the bottom, a fire started beneath the huge tower.
  1914. Just as the house that was turned off is ready to welcome someone.
  1915. Seeing such a scene, Tiamat shrugged his shoulders.
  1916. "I'm going to get busy now, I'll move out of my way.
  1917. "... I can not see you."
  1918. 'I'm really tired.'
  1919. yet.
  1920. Even the Tiamat has disappeared, and now the bottom, huge space is empty.
  1921. The spirit spoke to Methuselah in the darkness.
  1922. With a voice full of anticipation.
  1923. <It is empty, can you rest now? You have to go to the rest of the people you have to manage?>
  1924. At that end, Methuselah shook his head.
  1925. Tiamat's words, it's going to get better now.
  1926. Or, unfortunately, the command flowed into the controlled chipset of Methuselah.
  1927. From the former Carmel I left.
  1928. [Methuselah. He liberated the third class citizens of the current system of the city of Methuselah. Now that the system is ready ... . Start counting quickly.]
  1929. The voice of Achamel, who ordered to do so, was accompanied by strange malice and excitement and anticipation.
  1930. Methuselah nodded his head to such an order.
  1931. It is not the time for people to take a rest when the Methuselah system is at rest.
  1932. No, rather the opposite.
  1933. Only when the most important functions of the system are invoked, third-class citizens are freed from the system.
  1934. At the same time, Methuselah took a deep breath.
  1935. Awesome!
  1936. A huge sphere above the glass ceiling, which was sitting on the head of Methuselah, began to spin around.
  1937. Sprinkling red light everywhere.
  1938.  
  1939. ...........................
  1940.  
  1941. Underground housing.
  1942. Keying!
  1943. The residential area that was stopped by the energy that the modifiers controlled began to come alive.
  1944. The light was filled in the vast space, and the flowers, trees and lakes that had fallen asleep between the apartment and the place that looked like a park began to emerge.
  1945. In such an underground residential area, with a huge tower of 500m in diameter.
  1946. Aya!
  1947. Thousands of glass tubes began to fall.
  1948. At the same time.
  1949. Cheii profit!
  1950. From the order of descending first, glass tubes started to open in order.
  1951. The smoke of the puff of smoke comes out, and it is long before.
  1952. "Oh!
  1953. "This is the best condition, right?"
  1954. "Wow. It's been five days already?"
  1955. People started to appear, standing up one by one.
  1956. As they started to bump into it, they went outside the pillar, into the underground housing area, turned on the stretch, and looked around at their surroundings and their surroundings.
  1957. Before long, he began to spit out his dissatisfied voice.
  1958. "Oh, can not I just keep living there?"
  1959. "Damn it! It was just before the red lava lizard catching!"
  1960. "Uh ... I can not adjust to the spirit because I can fly and walk around."
  1961. There were those who laughed at such people.
  1962. "Pathetic gangs."
  1963. Far away, at the top of the residential area, at the highest point.
  1964. Looking down, Tiamat pulled up his mouth.
  1965. I could not help but be ridiculous when I saw people complaining about their complaints.
  1966. Those who escaped from reality and fled to unreal.
  1967. If you are content with pleasure, it is not a reality.
  1968. There is nothing better than domesticated cattle.
  1969. A virtual world in which those who decided to give up changing reality and to avoid were willing to escape.
  1970. 'Exodus ... . Did you say. The name is very good. By the way, Nepal Lem is amazing, too. I've created a way to use some of those useless guys. "
  1971. Tiamat reminded me of the virtual world realized through the system of the Methuselas and stopped poking.
  1972. I saw a woman coming out among the people.
  1973. '... Astania.'
  1974. When Tiamat is staring at the name of a woman who is far away.
  1975. Fear a million!
  1976. "Where did this kitten come in here!"
  1977. "Speaking on the topic of monkeys!"
  1978. '... these fucking guys.'
  1979. Seeing the citizens who threw the eggs under his feet, Tiamat frowned.
  1980.  
  1981. ..............................
  1982.  
  1983. "Well ... I have a hard time doing this."
  1984. "What?
  1985. Akamel looked at the man who was talking to him in front of him and wondered at him.
  1986. Basically, it is very rare that Akamel, who has inherent character and supports the environment, is doing good works.
  1987. But this guy in front of you is an exception.
  1988. The only thing that can be said is that the man was so special.
  1989. The man who had a conversation with Akamel, Nepal Lem swung open his mouth with a frown.
  1990. "No, one of the TMT is going to the underground housing area now and it is running."
  1991. At that end, Achamel made a ridiculous look.
  1992. 'He's a good man ... why the hell are you going there ...'
  1993. If you have a head, you will know what will happen if a reformer enters the city. Why is it so easy?
  1994. 'Damn it. So it would be better if you were human rights. I gave you the right to freedom of movement ... . '
  1995. It is a reformer, third grade, and I do not like them.
  1996. 'Or rather like second class citizens ...'
  1997. When Achamel muttered with a cold look.
  1998. Let it dry.
  1999. Nepal Lem got up from his seat and started heading somewhere.
  2000. "Where are you going?"
  2001. "I want to go down once."
  2002. Looking at the attitude of Nerpah Lem, he made the appearance that Achamel was ghastly.
  2003. I know it's origami, but why is it so simple?
  2004. "Just leave it alone, we'll take care of it.
  2005. This was what happened to Achamel.
  2006. How many things should Nepal Lem do for you?
  2007. 'Besides ... the plan is tomorrow.'
  2008. There must be no error in the absolute value of this state.
  2009. '''At that end, Nepal Lem smiled and shook his head.
  2010. "So he goes to see him ... he's really special."
  2011. "...?"
  2012. 'Is it different from other TMT series?'
  2013. Akamel looked at Nepal Lem in the face that he could not understand, but Nepal Lem did not answer and disappeared to the bottom of obelisk.
  2014. Seeing Nerpal Lem like that, Acham bit him.
  2015. 'Damn it. I do not like this guy or him. '
  2016. After a while, Achamel shook his head.
  2017. Anyway, the plan is all done.
  2018. Even if you do not have Nepal Lem, you will succeed.
  2019. Achamel, who had a hard look, began to put messages somewhere.
  2020. "Go ahead."
  2021. yet.
  2022. The top floor of the obelisk began to get busy.
  2023.  
  2024.  
  2025.  
  2026. <67. The locomotive to ruin (2)> End
  2027. ? ALLA
  2028. <67. The locomotive to ruin (3)>
  2029.  
  2030.  
  2031. By the time the rivers melted and the whole planet was twisted and humanity was in crisis.
  2032. First and foremost, the first-class citizens who succeeded in evacuating to the city of Obelisk soonest began discussing what to do next.
  2033. To be precise, about the treatment of the citizens of the second and third class who flock to the city.
  2034. Surprisingly, their opinions converged very quickly, even in a crisis situation.
  2035. <It is our duty to stabilize and prosper the human race to survive!>
  2036. But I do not know how long it will take to get a complete measure for him. You can not waste limited resources and energy in the hull.>
  2037. <We have enough first class citizens to lead humanity in the future!>
  2038. <It is a much wiser choice to focus resources on us who are genetically superior, have a high level of education, and have the talents necessary for reconstruction.>
  2039. Unknown power, no knowing how much left the veil, and the external environment is not harsh.
  2040. If you accept all citizens of the second and third class in addition to the first class citizens in the city, the consumption of energy and resources will increase by at least five times.
  2041. I can hold on for 10 years, I will stay for 2 years, and I will be able to hold on for 50 years.
  2042. They had no idea that they would take such risks in the future without knowing how long it would take them to come up with complete measures.
  2043. It is not difficult to stop.
  2044. The power of the reformed species already made is so powerful.
  2045. Even if it is a reformed species that is not made for the purpose of battle, it is more powerful than an army if you fight using an element.
  2046. And most of the rights of those reformers were in the first class.
  2047. Use these to operate the obelisk to protect the city and cast off the remaining citizens.
  2048. But then.
  2049. <Haha! Everyone. Why do you look so short?>
  2050. <... Nerpah Lem.>
  2051. As soon as a man opened his mouth, everyone in the audience was focused on his voice.
  2052. I have to.
  2053. The man who opened his mouth was not an ordinary man.
  2054. The savior of mankind.
  2055. He has been studying Yongmaek, made a spirit, and made a great contribution to the development of improved breeds.
  2056. Nepal Lem.
  2057. Theoretically, there is no class on the first class citizen, but he is an invaluable resource for mankind enough to call it expedition, no super senior citizen.
  2058. If you vote in the vote to save someone out of eight million people, everyone will be thumbed without hesitation.
  2059. Nepal Lem smiled and said,
  2060. <This incident has been inevitable. But should not we make mistakes in the future?>
  2061. <... How can I not make mistakes?>
  2062. <Why not? All variables are under control and all are controlled.>
  2063. At that point, the first class citizen shouted with a smile.
  2064. "Is that what you mean? doctor? We can not control all variables and predict the future. No, not even the desires of the second and third class citizens who have not learned it. Even if they are such people, the situation that we should end up
  2065. Is not it coming?>
  2066. Around 2050, it was suggested that chipsets should be planted behind the neck for the development of the whole human race.
  2067. This, of course, was hit by tremendous resistance.
  2068. Because the horse was visible for development, it could be used for control purposes.
  2069. <Human rights of all citizens must be guaranteed fairly!>
  2070. When the riot, confrontation and conflict continued, and eventually the war spread to the country, the first class citizen and other leaders were judged to be more serious than the first.
  2071. But I'm sure that if these results were to come out, first-class citizens would have put a chipset behind a second or third-class citizen even after the war.
  2072. Unlike those who have used careful planning and careful planning to efficiently deal with the dangerous energy of the dangerous energy that has not yet been uncovered, Grade 2 and Grade Citizens think they are trying to dominate the power of First Class citizens I threw the dragon as it was.
  2073. To preoccupy the secret of that power, and to use it to take away the initiative.
  2074. As a result of their failure to control them, the melon has burst.
  2075. To bring these greedy people back into the city, which created this situation.
  2076. Besides, a penny is going to give up resources that are not enough.
  2077. I do not know if it is useless, but at this time the reformers are offering powerful force and utilities.
  2078. Nepal Lem laughed at the words of such citizens.
  2079. <Why is it useless? I guarantee you. They are .... You can solve the problem that you are most afraid of. If only they could help.>
  2080.  
  2081. .................................
  2082.  
  2083. Kwaaan!
  2084. At the same time the giant sphere turns and sprinkles red light.
  2085. In the head of Methuselah, it began to take on a huge load.
  2086. That huge and complex system, the pressure to control the Methuselah system.
  2087. "Turn it off."
  2088. It was not only Methuselah that had spoken.
  2089. The Obelisk.
  2090. <Huh Huh Huck!>
  2091. The spirits suddenly screamed at him overload.
  2092. There was a torrent of energetic energy that could not be compared with the previous one.
  2093. Moreover, it was instinctively known.
  2094. It should be more delicate than before when we supply energy to humans.
  2095. This is a core function of the Methuselas system.
  2096. [Future Prospects]
  2097. A transcendental function that allows you to calculate all the variables to predict the feasibility of a plan and cope with it.
  2098. The last torch that was made to unveil the future of dark humanity.
  2099. While Methuselah and the spirits were screaming, the system above the head of Methuselah proceeded with a steady calculation, and the sphere above the head slowly diminished its light and stopped its rotation.
  2100. "Turn it off ..."
  2101. <The Darkness ... The Darkness!>
  2102. Then, in the beacon, Methuselah, who was liberated from the excessive information that had been driven into his head, languished in a beacon and sigh with tired expression.
  2103. But as Mademoiselle did not give him any breaths, the voice of Achamel was urged toward the chipset.
  2104. [Once the calculation is done, report the result of the operation. How likely is the success of this plan?]
  2105. As long as the enormous energy is extracted from the enormous city to protect it from the harsh environment, the vein is soon exhausted.
  2106. A plan to move to a new planet must be successful.
  2107. Otherwise there is no future for the remaining humanity.
  2108. The calculation I made a little earlier was the probability of success of the plan.
  2109. If you introduce current variables and situations, how likely are the success probabilities?
  2110. At the prompting of Camel, Methuselah started to transmit data through the chipset, bending his gasping gas.
  2111. At the same time, I scanned the data with the chipset and heard Acamell's satisfactory voice.
  2112. [Oh oh. good. Good. MSL-17. You should stabilize the system. Anyway .... What should I turn 5 minutes and stabilize 2 hours. Besides, charging takes five days. Nepal Lem will try to retrofit his future intelligence system. I'm paying attention to the human rights of some reformers.]
  2113. Amamusa blatantly told me to listen to him, and he fell off to Mademoiselle and ended communication.
  2114. Ao. When the cubs are in my hands, they are real.>
  2115. In the voice of the grumbling spirit.
  2116. Methuselah recalled the result of the calculation before it.
  2117. 'Unless you have special variables ... 99.9908% plan success probability.'
  2118. This is really a shame that 100% is not enough.
  2119. However, when he was worried about why he feels uneasy, Methuselah sighed and began stabilizing the system.
  2120. Third-class citizens have to stabilize before they can access the system again.
  2121. Your worries will be just a tinge.
  2122. As long as there is a limit on the running time, the predictable objects are limited to large events, but at least there was nothing wrong with what the Methusela system predicted.
  2123. 'If I could turn this around for 24 hours, I would not have been worried. Do it. I do not want to have 200 million to do that. '
  2124. Methuselah sighed and soon began to focus on his work.
  2125.  
  2126. .................................
  2127.  
  2128. '?.'
  2129. Watching the guys throwing eggs, Tiamat kicked his tongue.
  2130. In fact, Tiamat was admiring.
  2131. To Nepal Lem, who created such a system, and to the first class citizens who came to power it.
  2132. The Methuselas system.
  2133. Based on unconsciousness and soul of over 200 million citizens, it is used to calculate enormous computing power and to calculate the variables of the external environment.
  2134. It converts all unpredictable human memory, behavior patterns, and emotions into predictable variables.
  2135. Future prospecting system made so.
  2136. Plus one more.
  2137. 'What. I do not always need computing power. '
  2138. Except for the time of foresight, Nepal Lem and his researchers have done a really ridiculous job.
  2139. Implementation of Virtual Reality.
  2140. Fearing that virtual reality was implemented, first-class citizens started screaming screaming at the lower citizens.
  2141. <In reality, when you are trapped in a shelter where you do not know when to perish,
  2142. <Whether or not to live happily and happily every day in an amazing world of virtual reality that does not die.>
  2143. At first, many were afraid of virtual reality, but they continued to use appropriate carrots and whips.
  2144. The time it took for all the third-class citizens to 'escape' into the virtual reality really did not take long, so that first-class citizens could use the resources and energy that they were worried about.
  2145. Consumption only in virtual reality has minimized the waste of resources for pleasure in reality.
  2146. It is enough to keep only life and energy to keep a huge machine tower.
  2147. And it was the kind of spirit and redemption.
  2148. 'Something is not good but the result is good ...'
  2149. As a result, Nepal Lem has succeeded in putting the absolute computation system of the Methuselah system into the hands of mankind, while guaranteeing the happiness of 300 million people.
  2150. Conquering all the things that mankind most feared.
  2151. But the process is not just smooth.
  2152. "This motherfucker ..."
  2153. "This kitten came without a first-class citizen.
  2154. In the shadows of citizens crying hostile from the bottom, Tiamat frowned.
  2155. They, the Tiamat series and the citizens, were not good enough to get along.
  2156. Stability and pleasure given in the game world.
  2157. It is said that the carrot was given, but a person can not move and see the carrot.
  2158. <Why do not first-class citizens use it? If so good?>
  2159. <And it is not autonomous. You have to be in force for a certain period of time. Is not this something suspicious?>
  2160. Naturally, there were citizens who were opposed to the measures, so we needed a whip.
  2161. At that time, the whip was wielded.
  2162. A breed that was born for battle.
  2163. The energy that moves this huge city is put in one body and it freely bites.
  2164. "Son of a bitch! Come down!"
  2165. Tiamat narrowed his mind as he watched the citizens who had carved the traces of his back and moved in anger.
  2166.  
  2167.  
  2168.  
  2169.  
  2170.  
  2171. <67. The locomotive to ruin (3)> End
  2172. ? ALLA
  2173. <68. The Star of Transcendence (1)>
  2174.  
  2175.  
  2176.  
  2177.  
  2178.  
  2179. Seeing the crowded citizens, Tiamat narrowed the gap.
  2180. 'These are ...'
  2181. No matter how citizens have succeeded in transforming the body and accepting the energy of the Hull, the terrible destructive power can not be dared by human beings.
  2182. But now the situation is a little different.
  2183. 'I was bothered. Does the game also improve your sense of perception? "
  2184. "Come on down!"
  2185. Kwaaaq!
  2186. He came up on the roof and looked at the citizens grabbing himself, making Tiamat look annoying.
  2187. The reforms, including themselves, are designed to prevent citizens from attacking citizens in any way, except when they want to violate key rules or when first-class citizens are denied permission.
  2188. This is why the ones who burn even if they breathe are coming out like this.
  2189. Besides, these people are citizens, but they are moderately modified and have been somewhat adapted to the power of the dragon, so that a few degrees of steel can be lightly crushed.
  2190. It's just that now I'm jumping up to the roof.
  2191. They jumped up and began to blatantly trample the Tiamat.
  2192. "This is a god, is that you?"
  2193. "Hey! Try it once!"
  2194. Fever!
  2195. "Yes, dude! You should try some eggs."
  2196. "Hahaha!"
  2197. Explicit attacks on the reformed species are a violation of regulations, so they can not attack directly.
  2198. However, it is enough to be able to apply it.
  2199. The first-class citizens are also very frustrated and uncomfortable.
  2200. But it is clear that his merciless appearance at the time of the crushing will remain clear in his memory.
  2201. 'The game is called .... You can make the scarecrow disappear. I do not see the difference between game and reality. "
  2202. Seeing the guys laughing and throwing eggs, Tiamat grinds them.
  2203. I was frustrated by the fact that I was being insulted by things that would die if I shuffled my hands.
  2204. What is more annoying is that you can not fight back against such guys.
  2205. Keying.
  2206. The chipset on the back of the neck was blocking the sudden action of the Tiamat.
  2207. Just as you fill your dog with a collar.
  2208. 'Yes. I'm a bastard.
  2209. The Cad.
  2210. Every time Tiamat reached, the chipset behind his neck drooped and jammed electric signals.
  2211. To suppress the angry Tiamat.
  2212. then.
  2213. "Everyone, calm down."
  2214. Huu Woong.
  2215. A man shouted out loud, away from the transportation beacon, to calm people down.
  2216. It was possible to know how important a man is by seeing the guard around the man's surroundings.
  2217. Ten men who look exactly like Tiamat.
  2218. As with the MSL series, there is only one man in the city of Obelisk, who is able to take the TMT series with less than 100 pounds in heat or escort.
  2219. "Nepal Lem ..."
  2220. "Nepal Lem, it is not ..."
  2221. The moment Nepal Lem appeared.
  2222. The people who were angry toward Tiamat hesitated.
  2223. The TMT series is a development work of Nepal Lem.
  2224. In some ways, Nepal Lem is like a child, and it is not easy to throw eggs at a child before his father.
  2225. Besides, if the father is a person who respects and admires everyone in the city.
  2226. "Uh ..."
  2227. When people look at Nerpah Lem with a grim look.
  2228. Nepal Lem beckoned to everywhere with the impression that it was nothing special.
  2229. "Come on, you calm down, go and relax yourself, because the capsule is more comfortable than this beautiful nature."
  2230. At the same time, Nepal Lem indicated an underground garden managed by the spirit, and at the end of Nepal Lem, the people groaned and withdrew.
  2231. I was uncomfortable just standing here in this situation.
  2232. And Tiamat also looked at Nerpah Lem coming toward him with a smile on his face.
  2233. I really treat most people as worms, but I was the only exception.
  2234. One is the purpose he came down to here, Astania.
  2235. And one is Nepal Lem.
  2236. 'Do not I admire this human being?'
  2237. Tiamath snorted, but you do not know.
  2238. Since he was only six months old, he was still not good at grasping and managing emotions.
  2239. He came down here to find out more about the identity of something unfamiliar and clutching in a corner of his mind.
  2240. There are so many crazy moments.
  2241. '... did I go see you?'
  2242. A moment when Tiamat looked around and looked around.
  2243. Xu wow!
  2244. Something popped out in front of his eyes.
  2245. "Who do you find?"
  2246. I'm sorry.
  2247. When suddenly Tiamat hits his face in front of his eyes, looking at Nerpah Lem.
  2248. Nepal Lem laughed as he looked at Tiamat.
  2249. A single holographic window is opened.
  2250. There was a picture of a woman with an attractive appearance floating in it.
  2251. "Is not that woman?"
  2252. "..."
  2253. Tiamat glanced at Nepal Lem with a short glimpse and Nemal Lem looked at the Tiamat with a very satisfied expression.
  2254. "You are special too."
  2255. At the end of it, Tiamat stood beside Nepal Lem and looked at the TMT series, staring at him with a face that looked exactly like himself.
  2256. There are so many things that are the same as oneself.
  2257. It was not heard outside by the teasing.
  2258. At that end Nepal Lem shook his head.
  2259. "Do not make that look, you are so special, we can ... we can help each other a lot.
  2260. "..."
  2261. At the end of such Nerpal Lem rememble, Tiamat narrowed its boundaries.
  2262.  
  2263. ................................
  2264.  
  2265. While the riot was blocked, the people were attacked by the back part of the neck and fell down.
  2266. Of course, it would not be like if you had the power to do it, but it was basically a battle mode, not a battle.
  2267. There was a woman who rescued her before she was trampled and ripped by angry citizens.
  2268. <... damn it. I really do not like it. It will save you. Son of a bitch.>
  2269. <Why?>
  2270. In a throbbing situation, Tiamat asked with a strange look.
  2271. From the authors' point of view, they are the ones to kill, not more than that.
  2272. Moreover, if you save yourself, you will recover 100% of the time it will be used for pressing and pressing them.
  2273. This woman 's behavior is not at all reasonable.
  2274. To that question, the woman, Astania, replied with a spit in her blood.
  2275. <You are not being commanded. It would be cheaper than us.>
  2276. They fought for freedom.
  2277. But these guys were not guaranteed the right to freedom in the first place.
  2278. Just listen to the orders and fight for first class citizens.
  2279. All of these gangs are first class citizens, but they are shed only under the blood.
  2280. And Astania did not really like it.
  2281. <Fuck you. If you can know our feelings, you can not be cruel to this. Oh no. What do you want. I will.>
  2282. Astania laughed, not saying.
  2283. In the first place, battle-type breeds are much more emotionally castrated than managed breeds like the MSL series.
  2284. Unlike management, emotions in combat and slaughter are really unnecessary.
  2285. It would be a little better if usual, but once you enter the battle mode, chipsets that are planted on the backs of battle-type reformers, erase all the emotions of the reformer in an instant.
  2286. <Something. I do not know how this will end, but if it's not too bad, I'll see you later.
  2287. Astania went out of his way to demonstrate again.
  2288. <...>
  2289. Tiamat grabbed a throbbing neck and looked at Astany like that.
  2290.  
  2291. ......................
  2292.  
  2293. "At that time, I was very upset, but I was glad I did not have a lot of casualties, thanks to everyone at TMT."
  2294. Nepal Lem smiled and laughed.
  2295. Damage occurs when two groups of similar levels encounter each other.
  2296. The first-class citizens who saw the situation grow up eventually released the limitations of the TMT series, and the citizens who had fallen in love with the overwhelming strength that had been introduced since then abandoned the rebellion.
  2297. 'It was a lot more fun than I thought.'
  2298. Tiamat looked up at Nepal Lem, who was so excited and asked what he was doing.
  2299. "What can you see?"
  2300. Basically, all the reformed species are supposed to use respect for human beings.
  2301. In fact, Tiamat seemed to be able to speak without knowing why, but he used the honorific because he was so gentle to this human being in front of his eyes.
  2302. '... he made me, I guess.'
  2303. Tiamat, who convinced the feelings of the unstoppable mind, struggled to understand what the situation is now.
  2304. Basically, there was no reason for Nerpah Lem to do so in a one-to-one relationship with himself.
  2305. It is said that you are a reformer of less than 100 pounds in this huge city, but your opponent is one of the most outstanding of the 700 billion people.
  2306. The weight is not comparable.
  2307. 'And in his own private space ... I keep the TMT series all outside.'
  2308. The top floor penthouse of the tower overlooking the night view of the city which is neatly arranged and arranged.
  2309. It is an unknown place that I have never visited in Camel.
  2310. A perfect personal space that does not work with any surveillance equipment.
  2311. It is a question.
  2312. At that end, Nepal Lem, following the two cups of tea in the kettle, laughed and opened his mouth to see Tiamat.
  2313. "I just wanted to do a little chat with you, but how about feeling love anyway?
  2314. At that point it was Tiamat who was more embarrassed than anyone.
  2315. 'love? this?'
  2316. Tiamat, who was puzzled for a while, snorted inward.
  2317. Love.
  2318. "The obligation to respond to jokes is not included in the TMT series like myself.
  2319. Nepal Lem laughed at the end.
  2320. "What do you mean, you would not say that you did not know what to say to ordinary citizens when you came down to the basement?" I thought I was going to come to see it, did not it?
  2321. Meanwhile, Nepal Lem stroked his chest.
  2322. Tiamat, who narrowed his mind to Nerpah Lem, refused to give up.
  2323. "Was that what I said was special?"
  2324. Let's say that we feel emotion toward citizens.
  2325. It is not a reason to be special.
  2326. I do not know if it's a battlefield, but if it's normal, it's guaranteed to some extent human rights and freedoms, and they are designed to feel emotional.
  2327. If they are in a special situation, and in everyday life mode, it is possible to feel emotions.
  2328. Only the other TMT series do not need to be so blunt.
  2329. They were born for battle, and if you enter a battle anyway, and the command goes into the chipset, everything will disappear like bubbles.
  2330. At that end, Nepal Lem laughed.
  2331. "It's not that special because it's another reason."
  2332. "...?"
  2333. At this point, the curiosity suddenly rose from the position of Tiamat.
  2334. What a difference this scientist, Nepal Lem, is interested in.
  2335. Tiamat moment to open his mouth to ask.
  2336. [TMT-17. It is a new command of the plan. Open the channel to send it.]
  2337. "..."
  2338. Tiamat narrowed his mind to the message of Achamel, which he heard on his chipset.
  2339.  
  2340. .......................
  2341.  
  2342. The Obelisk.
  2343. Kuu Woong.
  2344. Towards Methuselah, which stabilized the Methusela system
  2345. [MSL-17. It is a new command of the plan. Open the channel to send it.]
  2346. "...?"
  2347. Methuselah wondered in the transmission from the sudden arrival of the camel.
  2348. I wonder if it was not what I knew about this plan.
  2349. 'Besides···. It's not just for me. '
  2350. Plans were being sent to themselves, as well as to the MSL series, as well as all the redesigned models.
  2351. Methuselah began to read the material with a strange look.
  2352. So secretly, what is the data that needs to be transmitted urgently.
  2353. yet.
  2354. Parr.
  2355. <And. These are really crazy guys.>
  2356. The eyes of Methuselah shook and the voice of the spirits disappeared in my head.
  2357. "... All third-class citizens are going away, are they all over 200 million?"
  2358. It is not simply abandoned.
  2359. If you follow this plan ... the remaining personnel die with a 100% chance.
  2360. Recalling the theme of the newly received plan, Methuselah vomited an embarrassing voice.
  2361.  
  2362.  
  2363.  
  2364.  
  2365.  
  2366. <68. Star of Transcendence (1)> End
  2367. ? ALLA
  2368. <68. The Star of Transcendence (2)>
  2369.  
  2370.  
  2371.  
  2372.  
  2373.  
  2374. Tiamat looked at the proposal with an embarrassed look.
  2375. Collectively, human migration plan.
  2376. The point is simple.
  2377. First-class citizens and second-class citizens board the spaceships that are being built over the mountains.
  2378. The plan received was detailed in the various elements that the reformed species should be careful of so that victims do not occur in the process.
  2379. But anywhere in the plan.
  2380. The contents of the instructions for the safety of third-class citizens were not written.
  2381. Tiamat asked Nerpah Lem.
  2382. "... How did this happen? I knew everyone was moving."
  2383. At that end, Nepal Lem smiled and said.
  2384. "What do you do when you ask a scientist like me, I just made you and your spirits, and the top leaders like Akamel decide how to use it."
  2385. At the end of such Nerpal Lem remem, Tiamat made no expression.
  2386. I can not do anything without Nemal Lem if they are flying and crawling.
  2387. In other words, Akamel is in a position to provide all the information to Nepalem and to receive the solution.
  2388. Is it sound that Nepal Lem did not know about this situation?
  2389. "does not make sense…."
  2390. Tiamat, who was trying to get rid of it, was calmed down at the moment what he was doing.
  2391. Why are you angry?
  2392. When you think about it, there is nothing to worry about because third-class citizens are excluded.
  2393. Because they do not know whether they die or not.
  2394. The TMT series, which is not 100 prayers anyway, will not be excluded from boarding, and it is better on your own if you take third class citizens.
  2395. The guys who threw eggs at you and mocked you were excited about what was beautiful.
  2396. But something tickled at the chest.
  2397. I was uneasy about something I did not like.
  2398. Seeing that Tiamat, Nepal Lem laughed and said.
  2399. "May I move, please?"
  2400. "... what is it?"
  2401. At that end, Nepal Lem stroked his breast.
  2402. "This is it."
  2403. That moment.
  2404. Tiamat instantly realized where his anxiety and irritation originated.
  2405. Nepal Lem stuck a wedge towards that Tiamat.
  2406. "Our TMT-17 is a very talented person, adding one more person.
  2407. As soon as I hear that.
  2408. Chi profit!
  2409. Tiamat began to walk away from the automatic doors of Nerpah Lem 's personal space, somewhere in the middle of nowhere.
  2410. Nepal Lem shouted loudly on the back of Tiamat, heading for somewhere without a word.
  2411. "Come on, if you hurry, you'll be able to find it before the release time is over!"
  2412. yet.
  2413. Kuu Woong.
  2414. Tiamat disappeared into the darkness and Nepal Lem shrugged his shoulders in the private space left alone.
  2415. "By the way, why do not you listen to something special, that's the point."
  2416.  
  2417. ...........................
  2418.  
  2419. Woo Woo Woo!
  2420. [15 minutes to go to Exodus. Citizens should be prepared to move to their location.]
  2421. "Oh, finally I go in."
  2422. "I thought I was going crazy!
  2423. "It's so big, I finally catch it!"
  2424. As soon as the broadcast sounded, the citizens who were spread out in a large underground residential area quickly began to flock to the top of the tower.
  2425. There are a few people who look at the scene with a smile.
  2426. "Uh ..."
  2427. Astania was worried and looked at those citizens.
  2428. 'It feels good. . I'm too dependent on it. "
  2429. Astania muttered into the inside.
  2430. I am sure the world inside is pleasant.
  2431. At least in me, they can forget all of the worries of reality.
  2432. First-class citizens who want to reign over themselves.
  2433. I do not know when energy will run out.
  2434. A harsh environment that seeks to take advantage of opportunities to wipe out themselves.
  2435. Even those helpless ones who can not do anything in such a situation.
  2436. At least in the inner world, you can forget everything.
  2437. No, more than that.
  2438. Unlike helpless here, they can be heroes in that world.
  2439. Fly through the sky and catch the dragon.
  2440. Defeat the monsters and save people.
  2441. '... I can not help it.'
  2442. As I watched them, I did not go to play but seemed to run away from reality, but in the end, myself.
  2443. Astana, who had a worried look, sighed and moved.
  2444. then.
  2445. Warak.
  2446. I felt a strong hand holding Astana's cuff.
  2447. "What ...."
  2448. As Astania looked up and looked at the side, his familiar face, which I looked somewhere, shone in my eyes.
  2449. "Go."
  2450. "What is this ... What the hell am I doing wrong ?! Why did TMT come to catch me?"
  2451. Astania shouted in a silly expression.
  2452. TMT series.
  2453. Armed Forces final weapon to correct city discipline.
  2454. Astania's expression was scared.
  2455. 'Shit… . why.'
  2456. No matter what you think, there is nothing you have done wrong.
  2457. Even if it was wrong, TMT came to catch it.
  2458. These guys are not the ones to use in these places.
  2459. At the end of such Astania, Tiamat pinched her impression.
  2460. "I wanted to see you laughing, but it's not a laughing situation, follow me."
  2461. "What ... Oh, is that you?"
  2462. Then Astania felt that he realized something.
  2463. I remember who this guy was.
  2464. 'Everything looks the same, you know.'
  2465. Astania, who was relieved to know that TMT had not come in the wrong way, caught Tiamat trying to attract him and narrowed it down.
  2466. "Wherever you go, dude, I have to go inside."
  2467. Astania pointed to his back, a huge pillar full of glass tubes.
  2468. In the attitude of Astania, Tiamat expressed his frustration.
  2469. 'This stupid bitch. Then you will die. "
  2470. First-class citizens and second-class citizens ride on spacecraft.
  2471. Models that supply and control the tower of Obelisk are also on board.
  2472. And the Methuselah system, which has already secured sufficient data and controls the entire obelisk, is also loaded on the spacecraft.
  2473. Then this huge tower, Obelisk, loses both its software and its hardware and stops functioning as it is.
  2474. Third generation citizens with no energy supply can not survive such harsh environments without the protection of obelisk.
  2475. It will be frozen and dying in the glass tube.
  2476. "Hey, do something here, do it here, or do it later."
  2477. "..."
  2478. Though I wanted to open my mouth, the secret hold on the chipset shrank Tiamat's mouth.
  2479. 'You fucking ... . '
  2480. Astania, who had narrowed his mind to see such a Tiamat, spoke Tiamat 's hand.
  2481. "What is this kid doing?" "If you do not want to be a joke, get out of the way.
  2482. After speaking, Astania stared at Tiamat and began to walk toward the pillar.
  2483. Kiki Geek.
  2484. Tiamat wanted to grab Astania as he walked, but he was blind.
  2485. The chipset blocked the Tiamat movement.
  2486. [A redevelopment can not be done for ordinary citizens or forcing actions.]
  2487. [Stop acting immediately.]
  2488. The discipline structure of the chipset turned into an electrical signal and pressed the whole body of the Tiamat, while the new type of Astania instantly disappeared toward the far post.
  2489. Together with him, something in the heart of Tiamat grew more and more.
  2490. anger.
  2491. I'm sorry.
  2492. And… .
  2493. The moment I felt so far.
  2494. Tiamat gave it strength and power to the whole body.
  2495. "Turn off ... Oh my God ... Eh!"
  2496. Kwaadul!
  2497. Kwah!
  2498. Moment.
  2499. Amazing things happened.
  2500. The new type of Tiamat has begun to move to some extent over the control of the chipset.
  2501. '... please!'
  2502. At the same time the body began to move.
  2503. thud! thud! thud! thud!
  2504. Tiamat began to run towards Astana with power, grabbing his squeaky body and ignoring the phenomenon as long as the chipset did not work.
  2505. "Uh-huh!"
  2506. Astania, who is afraid to see the Tiamat, who tries to get to her without the harshness of her life, has not responded.
  2507. Gorgeous!
  2508. Astania took a throne to Tiamat and knocked him down.
  2509. "Hoook ... Huook."
  2510. The chipset, which suppressed itself, stopped working when Tiamat had a purpose.
  2511. The intention to force it to disappear because it was compulsory, which stopped the chipset from trying to suppress the Tiamat.
  2512. After a while, Tiamat took a deep breath and looked at Astana.
  2513. dump.
  2514. He crashed Astana on his shoulders and quickly began heading to the elevator.
  2515. 'I have to go.'
  2516. The transport train to the ship departs a little.
  2517. At the moment of the elevator, a sensor attached to the elevator sweeps the entire body of the Tiamat.
  2518. [... security system is operating.]
  2519. [... TMT-17. Eligibility check. Start operation.]
  2520. Woo Woong!
  2521. Looking away from the many third-class citizens who were laying in the pillar, Tiamat soon began to climb up the elevator with nervousness from them.
  2522.  
  2523. ................................
  2524.  
  2525. [Please board your flight from the 19th district.]
  2526. [Thank you for your time. Congratulations on being qualified to enter the new world.]
  2527. First floor platform of obelisk.
  2528. A large number of people boarded along the long train.
  2529. First class citizens, most of whom reside in Obelisk.
  2530. Around such first-class citizens.
  2531. Combat-oriented redevelopments deployed for escort and manned redevelopment, which is essential for a comfortable spacecraft, were in line with the citizens in turn.
  2532. After being escorted by two TMTs and standing on the corner of the flight, Achamel looked at the scene satisfactorily.
  2533. 'Good. Perfect. '
  2534. Citizens residing in the city were also getting on board, and the already well-developed Methuselas system was being transferred to the main control system of the spacecraft.
  2535. It's more functional than the Methuselah system, which makes use of all the unconscious 200 million, but that's enough.
  2536. If you go there and pioneer a new world, you are a citizen's head.
  2537. then.
  2538. [Alert! Alert!]
  2539. [Unauthorized citizens will attempt to board.]
  2540. [A-22 Models of carriages should stop boarding immediately.]
  2541. "What?"
  2542. In an alarm that suddenly echoed, Achamel narrowed his mind.
  2543. 'does not make sense… . All third-class citizens are sleeping in Exodus? "
  2544. The third class citizens of the 17th district who woke up to use the last predictions were also reconnecting with Exodus.
  2545. Even if you are awake, the third-class citizens in the first place will not be able to use the elevator because they have not been able to come up.
  2546. '... it's a very unpleasant variable.'
  2547. Akamel, who frowned on Mongan, headed to the platform where the two men with TMT were involved.
  2548. Kwaan!
  2549. Kwang!
  2550. The noise of the collision continued ringing around the platform.
  2551. 'Who the hell are you ...'
  2552. Acamel, who came to the platform with a strange expression, looked at the sight unfolding in front of his eyes.
  2553. Models thrown backwards.
  2554. And a woman is carrying a TMT series.
  2555. As soon as I saw it, Achamel gave a rough approximation of what the current situation was like, and then I gleaned it.
  2556. "... Nepal Lem, this time you will not be able to dry it."
  2557. 'Fucking bastards. When you're done, I'll fill your dog's neck very tightly. "
  2558. Once you get on board the ship, you will be guided by the human rights, and all those who are determined to control them.
  2559. thud. thud. thud.
  2560. The TMT-17, Tiamat, which made this mess, has come a long way.
  2561. 'This is ...'
  2562. When Achamel turned on his head and looked at Tiamat.
  2563. Tiamat, who had been thinking for a while about what to say, spoke out in a twisted way.
  2564. "Please take this woman."
  2565. There is nothing wrong with his request.
  2566. I do not know if my value is very high, and why I forsake third class citizens, but it is not difficult for me to burn more than one woman in an acamel position.
  2567. I left the remaining third-class citizens for that.
  2568. If these guys get stuck, they might not even be able to keep this woman alive.
  2569. 'Though I can not get a good treat ... . First of all, live. '
  2570. Tiamat muttered as he watched Astania.
  2571. But far away.
  2572. The MSL-17, which looked at the scene, made a terrible look at such a Tiamat.
  2573. 'Tiamat ...'
  2574. I know what you're thinking about.
  2575. Unfortunately, Tiamat lacked a little understanding of humans.
  2576. To be precise, about emotions, especially the darkest parts.
  2577. Is not it different?
  2578. "Nope."
  2579. Acham laughed coldly and spit out.
  2580. Deep and deep with malice.
  2581.  
  2582. ..............
  2583.  
  2584. "Oh excuse me."
  2585. Nerpah Lem, who watched from a distance, confirmed the sight and kicked his tongue.
  2586.  
  2587.  
  2588.  
  2589.  
  2590.  
  2591. <68. Star of transcendence (2)> End
  2592. ? ALLA
  2593. <68. The Star of Transcendence (3)>
  2594.  
  2595.  
  2596.  
  2597.  
  2598.  
  2599. Tiamat was embarrassed by the evil spirits that plummeted into Achamel's face.
  2600. "... why?"
  2601. Your demands are not unreasonable.
  2602. No, I should be able to do this enough.
  2603. He looked at Tiamat 's face and said that he had a cruel smile.
  2604. "Of course, it's unfair."
  2605. "Not fair?"
  2606. At that end, Acham nodded.
  2607. "Yes, other third-class citizens are all below, but what should we give her preference?"
  2608. The ridiculous answer, Tiamat said with a glee.
  2609. Inequity.
  2610. Is it the story of the guys who escape from each other, leaving all the third class citizens underneath?
  2611. "It will not be bad, they'll end up in a happy state in me," the authors agreed, "it would be better to live in it than to live in reality."
  2612. The moment I heard the words of Achamel.
  2613. It's absurd.
  2614. A bloodline rose on the forehead of the tiammet.
  2615. I felt something bubbling in from the inside.
  2616. Tooth.
  2617. Anger is one of the most disturbing elements of control.
  2618. The chipset worked and started to suppress Tiamat.
  2619. "Big ..."
  2620. As my whole body is grinding and trying to get out of control.
  2621. Tiamat resisted the electrical signals coming from the chipset and reached out to the crowd.
  2622. I thought I'd have to feed him on his face.
  2623. Quadrature.
  2624. Wood gain.
  2625. Even steel, the hands were able to tear it like a piece of scarlet, approaching toward him, but Achamel was uncomfortable.
  2626. I just make a little uncomfortable look.
  2627. 'I think the chipset is broken. Obviously there should be automatic repair. '
  2628. Immediately before Tiamat grabbed the camel's neck.
  2629. Coins.
  2630. Kudd gain.
  2631. Two of the TMT series, standing on both sides of Achamel, kneel down on the floor, restraining both arms of Tiamat.
  2632. "Hmm ..."
  2633. I tried to resist but it was all blind.
  2634. The chipset is still keeping Tiamat and it can not win against the TMT series, which was designed to have equal power in the first place.
  2635. Achamel laughed at him, kneeling on the floor and watching his tiammet.
  2636. "You are the guy who made it so hard, so it's good enough to go with us, but if it's a bad one, it will change."
  2637. If it is usual, I will recycle the chipset again, but now it is just before the departure.
  2638. I do not have much time to do that.
  2639. 'The world we will arrive new .... There is no need for irritated waste. "
  2640. This is the reason why the third class citizens are forsaken.
  2641. In the meantime others have thought that the Methuselas system was investing a lot of money in calculating the likelihood of success of this project, but the facts are a bit different.
  2642. Although we were calculating the probability of success of the plan, the Methuselah system was calculating the other at the same time.
  2643. [Do we really have to take 2nd and 3rd class citizens in the environment we are going to move to?]
  2644. They all watched.
  2645. How can the situation get worse if the second and third class citizens who can not control are accidents?
  2646. This is evidenced by the low gray storm that continues to stir up outside the shield.
  2647. Would not they be thinking about going to the new world?
  2648. First-class citizens scouted their brains and unconsciousness with the system of Methuselas, and based on their desires and emotions, they were thoroughly counted.
  2649. And the result.
  2650. [Up to level 2 is helpful.]
  2651. [It does not help from level 3, and there is a high possibility of causing big problems later.]
  2652. 'Then why do we have to take them?'
  2653. These guys in front of you may come out.
  2654. Those chips that destroy chipsets.
  2655. I do not know how long it will take to sail, but there is absolutely no reason to take them apart.
  2656. After finishing his thoughts, Acham opened his mouth with brutality.
  2657. "But do not worry too much, because I have mercy, though.
  2658. That last thing.
  2659. Quadruped!
  2660. "Great ..."
  2661. The TMT series squeezed strongly behind the Tiamat's neck, and Tiamat felt that his consciousness was blurred.
  2662. 'Bill .... Eat it. '
  2663. Looking at him, Ahamel laughed coldly, and Tiamat disappeared.
  2664.  
  2665. ...................................
  2666.  
  2667. Kuu Woong.
  2668. '... uh.'
  2669. Tiamat, who felt something like an unbelievable wind hit his skin, got up from the grind.
  2670. Tiamat, who walks up from his seat and looks around all around, made a faint look.
  2671. The empty platform.
  2672. The platform where the first class citizen and the reformed species were carried out, it was even desolate.
  2673. The remaining creatures are alone.
  2674. I fell down myself.
  2675. And Astania, who was still beating up too hard when stunned, still can not open his eyes.
  2676. 'Damn it ...'
  2677. Thiammet, who was checking his body instinctively even in the pain of the throbbing nape, sat down with a sullen look.
  2678. 'What does this mean?'
  2679. The MSL series, which controls the Methuselas system, have all disappeared, and there are no upgrades to pour energy into it.
  2680. Soon the gigantic perforated tower, the obelisk, will stop working, and then the harsh natural environment will sweep away this city.
  2681. Even if you are yourself, you are not confident of surviving in it.
  2682. Slowly, my physical strength will be exhausted and I will die.
  2683. '... I tried to live with you.'
  2684. Looking at Astania, who was still out of his mind, Tiamat made a faint look.
  2685. I do not know what this feelings about her now feel in her heart.
  2686. But somehow, the desire to be happy with her if she lived, continued to soar in her mind.
  2687. It would have been better if I had myself next to him.
  2688. 'Nepal's words are true.'
  2689. Previously, Tiamat laughed at the conversation with Lem Nepal.
  2690. It was really special.
  2691. Maybe you are the only one left here in the TMT series.
  2692. 'But I will listen to the answer. What made it special for me? "
  2693. But now it is impossible to hear the answer.
  2694. Nepal Lem would have already boarded the ship.
  2695. The situation is different from myself.
  2696. then.
  2697. "It is not easy to live in the world, but if humans live reasonably well, Tiamat could have been on it too."
  2698. "... Nonsense."
  2699. In the voice heard from afar, Tiamat muttered with the expression that it was unbelievable.
  2700. It is really ridiculous to hear this voice right now.
  2701. Whether or not the voices coming from the rear were getting closer to Tiamat.
  2702. Tiamat looked back and sank.
  2703. "Nepal Lem, how are you here ..."
  2704. Nerpah Lem laughed as he watched the tiamat, which was unfazed.
  2705. "I think the chipset is now completely destroyed.
  2706. "... How is it left here?"
  2707. Tiamat looked at the ball by seeing if he had come into the virtual reality.
  2708. Nepal Lem has no reason to go, but he can not go.
  2709. If Nepal Lem is to stay here, other first-class citizens will burn Nerpah Lem,
  2710. At that end, Nepal Lem shrugged.
  2711. "Oh there? I picked up a clone that looks like me, and I'm going to have a good time.
  2712. "You ... What are you? Why did not you go?"
  2713. Because the chipsets that suppressed the emotions were broken, all kinds of emotions came naturally.
  2714. Tiamat, who has always been on the hardened face and can not hide his embarrassment, muttered looking at Nepal Lem, Nepal Lem laughed and replied.
  2715. "Is there a reason I should go there?
  2716. "... what?"
  2717. Looking at such a Tiamat, Nepal Lem proudly pointed to his back, the tower.
  2718. "In the end, I left all the core, haha!
  2719. At that point Tiamat 's expression got a little brighter.
  2720. A confident look.
  2721. Nepal Lem, who led all the plans, remained here.
  2722. Was not this the exit to survive?
  2723. Did not all those who went to the spaceship make the wrong choice?
  2724. But unfortunately.
  2725. I opened my mouth with the expression that Nepal Lem looked sorry to the face of such Tiamat.
  2726. "I'm sorry I did not feel like I was expecting it ... Do not look like that, because this body will soon die."
  2727. "What?"
  2728. At that end, Nepal Lem shrugged.
  2729. "What a surprise! It's over and this body is now useless, so we have to destroy it now."
  2730. destruction.
  2731. At the end of such a fairy, Tiamat made a fuss.
  2732. "Damn! What are you trying to do here?"
  2733. As the chipset disappeared, the emotions that had been suppressed were bursting.
  2734. No, it was only one of the twenty - something emotions that had previously twisted the entire body of Tiamat.
  2735. [fear]
  2736. The emotions that were the most disturbing to the fighting soldiers, and thus most strongly suppressed.
  2737. It was slowly eating Tiamat against the unknown, something that was not understood.
  2738. To respond to that.
  2739. Kwaaan!
  2740. The white spirit inside the Tiamat burst out and began to strike Tiamat.
  2741. The spirit of light.
  2742. When you strike with one destructive power, the power of the spirit that can not follow any spirit surrounds Tiamat.
  2743. There is only one purpose.
  2744. To protect Tiamat.
  2745. Looking at the Tiamat, Nemal Lem was scratching his chin.
  2746. "I do not know what to do with the report, but what I'm doing is, um ... design, I mean it's terraforming, it's a bit of a trick to make this world pretty.
  2747. "What?"
  2748. He is high.
  2749. Where in the world is a man higher than Nepal Lem?
  2750. 'Damn it. I'm teasing you. '
  2751. then.
  2752. "Oh, you are here."
  2753. With a short word from Nepal Lem.
  2754. Oh, my God!
  2755. Space has begun to spread and divide.
  2756. In between the cracks of the space where the darkness of the darkness lies.
  2757. Wow!
  2758. One small creature popped out.
  2759. Small wings and shining flesh hanging behind.
  2760. I literally saw something in the form of a fairy that once came out of a fairy tale.
  2761. "Huh ..."
  2762. Tiamat began to shake the whole body.
  2763. Appearance is just a cute fairy.
  2764. But there is something in it that can not be concealed by such looks, such as chastity, power, and destruction.
  2765. Spread.
  2766. Tiamat was unable to overcome her legs, but her strength was so great that she was able to sit down, but Nerpah Lem opened her mouth toward the fairy with no expression.
  2767. "Now I'm taking over, is it over now?"
  2768. In the end, the fairy that floated in the air laughed like Nerpah Lem.
  2769. "Well ... if it was originally, is there something interesting here?"
  2770. If it is original, the huge tower, the obelisk is completed, and the work is finished when the budding creatures are sprouted.
  2771. But there is something interesting in front of me.
  2772. When the fairy tries to smile,
  2773. "Fucking kittens, if you're playing ..."
  2774. Tiamat grunted and muttered.
  2775. The guy in front of me was staring at him like a toy.
  2776. However, at the end of such a Tiamat, the fairy shook his head and lifted his mouth.
  2777. "No, it's not a toy, I like people like you, you are so special."
  2778. Beyond that, the elves who looked at the alternate direction of the space ship and Tiamat, where first class citizens had disappeared, spat out one last word.
  2779. "You are born with transcendence."
  2780. "Oh right, I was going to talk first."
  2781. Nepal Lem hit the palm of his hand.
  2782.  
  2783.  
  2784.  
  2785.  
  2786.  
  2787. <68. Star of transcendence (3)> End
  2788. ? ALLA
  2789. <68. The Star of Transcendence (4)>
  2790.  
  2791.  
  2792.  
  2793.  
  2794.  
  2795. [5: 2: 11 after the departure.]
  2796. Koo Woo Woong.
  2797. Methuselah, sitting in the engine room, gave a bitter look to his eyes, listening to the sound of the small Methuselah system.
  2798. As far as the TMT-17 was concerned, his own mate left in the city.
  2799. It would have been nice if there was a spirit to talk with, but it was long since the spirit had already been taken out of it and moved to the glass sphere.
  2800. As a means of supplying the ship 's energy.
  2801. Next to Methuselah, who had a complex facial expression, Achamel muttered to himself with a pleasant smile.
  2802. "It's a stupid guy, I overestimate my worth."
  2803. "... could you burn it?"
  2804. Not only Tiamat, but all third-class citizens.
  2805. The words of Methuselah had implications.
  2806. '...cheeky.'
  2807. At the end of Methuselah, the Achaemen's temple was narrowed.
  2808. I think I would like to show him the jailbreak though.
  2809. Unlike Tiamat, MSL-17 is a great hindrance to a pleasant voyage.
  2810. 'When you arrive ... . I'll have to make a new one. '
  2811. In the mouth of acamel, which was slightly opened, I hardly knew what it was.
  2812. I've been a bit cautious to talk to others, but I can not say anything to a product.
  2813. "Our value is even higher than those consuming ones! Those guys who only consume in a limited situation are just bad guys, and we are the ones who can make growth and production efficient. I do not know how long it's been since I was born.
  2814. "..."
  2815. When I see Amamel, who speaks spoken words and then expresses himself gentleness, while Methuselah narrows his boundaries.
  2816. Kwaaaq!
  2817. "Ooh ..."
  2818. Acamel grabbed the jaw of Methuselah and murmured coldly.
  2819. "If you need it, it is difficult to cross the line."
  2820. "..."
  2821. "Yes, I always learn how to keep my eyes open, and I want to finish my work." "Move the second class citizens who have freezed underground into the spaceship."
  2822. Unlike third-grade citizens, second-class citizens did not use the system for the Methuselas system.
  2823. It can not be abandoned.
  2824. They are the ones who should be the foundation of their new planet.
  2825. So the frozen sleep system has frozen nearly 100 million.
  2826. It is no use to consume energy from those now for future use.
  2827. The same is true of spacecraft.
  2828. They will be frozen and headed for a new world in the cargo bay.
  2829. After moderately taking their place and having the perfect framework.
  2830. They remain asleep until they act as their new dominion in the frame.
  2831. The gorgeous colonies built in the ship are enough to allow themselves, first class citizens.
  2832. 'Perfect. You have this planet ... . I'll give you the whole thing. Stay well. '
  2833. Acamel is a moment when he looks away from the city and laughs coldly, reminiscent of Tiamat, who will remain in the city.
  2834. [warning. warning. The external environment is changing rapidly. Passengers should go to the designated location in case of an emergency.]
  2835. Sudden beeping sounded to the inside of the ship.
  2836. With the ears of Acham which was preparing to toast.
  2837. "What!"
  2838. An embarrassing voice popped out of the mouth of Achamel.
  2839. "Damn ... Check the outside situation!"
  2840. An unexpected warning sound was given to the Methuselas system by Akamel to check the external situation.
  2841. yet.
  2842. Ricky.
  2843. Looking at the video in front of me, Achamel shed his voice.
  2844. "Nonsense .... This is it."
  2845. Far away, a gigantic whirlwind was sweeping around Obelisk.
  2846. A huge storm was winding in it as the shroud covering the tower crumbled down.
  2847. No, more precisely than that.
  2848. I scanned the phenomenon that was going on that far away and Achamel scratched it.
  2849. "This is crazy ...!"
  2850. There was a gray storm all around the tower.
  2851. The vast amount of gray clouds that turned the whole planet upside down.
  2852. I was surprised.
  2853. Wood gain.
  2854. The mountains that were keeping shape were covered with snow and clouds all over.
  2855. Not only the city, but also the large land centered on the tower of the city was frozen and crumbling.
  2856. The corduroy.
  2857. Waddul.
  2858. Of course, the spacecraft that was preparing to rise to the sky also did not escape the damage.
  2859. [Recalculating probability ... . Non-navigable.]
  2860. [ASTRO-17 ... . Switch to hibernation mode.]
  2861. A beep sounded in the ship without a break.
  2862. Of course, the first-class citizens who listened to the warning sounded clamoring for fear.
  2863. "Damn it! What is this! You can not predict this with the Methuselas system!"
  2864. "What is this?"
  2865. And it is the same with the spirit.
  2866. It was trapped in a flask and acted as a generator of a space ship, and the spirit that grinded it wondered at what was happening outside.
  2867. <It is good but ... . What happened?>
  2868. The sky was crumbling around the tower.
  2869. The huge tower, obelisk, which had been a strong support of mankind, was creating a land of death centering on itself.
  2870. It seems as if I will suck up all the plagues of the world.
  2871. Perhaps the same phenomenon is going on in other obelisk.
  2872. It was the same with Hansoo who was making a strange expression.
  2873. '... That's why I was sleeping in the mountains. But it's too much for me. '
  2874. That moment.
  2875. Quaaaaan!
  2876. I heard the sound of the outer wall of the ship being blown up.
  2877. I can hear the explosion inside a huge structure with an engine room.
  2878. At the same time
  2879. "Ah, ah!"
  2880. "Wow! Aar! Stop that baby!"
  2881. Cuddle.
  2882. Wood gain.
  2883. I heard a harsh collision and frustration inside the engine room.
  2884. Although the spirit was trapped inside the flask, most of the senses weakened, but the urgent shouting and screaming sounded clear.
  2885. At the same time.
  2886. The voice of Acamel shouted with a ridiculous expression echoed.
  2887. "This cub ... how are you!"
  2888. There is also a familiar voice to answer to such an achamel.
  2889. "I sold the soul to the devil."
  2890. "Ah, ah!"
  2891. With the tearful speech of Tiamat, the moment the scream of the Achamel rings.
  2892. Hansoo's head turned quickly.
  2893. 'You sold your soul to the devil?'
  2894. This phenomenon now takes place far beyond the level of Tiamat I had watched in the eyes of the spirit.
  2895. That huge tower was crowded.
  2896. I have been protecting Akamel, I have come to attack Akamel with a lot of redevelopment.
  2897. If you knew that Tiamat had the possibility to conquer the tower in the first place, it would not have been possible for him to leave Tiamat in place.
  2898. The moment I tried to absorb the memory of the spirit as much as possible.
  2899. <Finish ... . You won>
  2900. "What?"
  2901. The vigorous voices of the spirits have been heard from the inside, outside, or where they do not know.
  2902. Uwoo!
  2903. At the same time, Hansoo's ceremony got off the inside of the flask and began to suck it somewhere.
  2904.  
  2905. .........................
  2906. Hou Wu Woong.
  2907. The place where the consciousness of Hansoo was sucked in quickly was the place that the old one saw.
  2908. In his consciousness, in which the spirit has drawn himself.
  2909. Something hazy in front of such a hand is dusty and barely holding onto the shape.
  2910. The arrogant shape that shined in the color of the paint is something that will come to an end without any hindrance.
  2911. <Fucking ... . You won. This kid ... . You were a similar kind of guy.>
  2912. "Guy?"
  2913. Seeing the spirit who can not understand the words, When Han Soo narrows the sea.
  2914. The spirit chuckled and left a final word toward Hansoo.
  2915. <Congratulate the victory. Even my shit that I shouted outside with my strength, do it well. By the way, I'm sorry. Huh ...>
  2916. The moment Han received a strong feeling that he had to answer something from his mouth.
  2917. 'this guy. I have seen something in my memory that has been shattered. '
  2918. Hansoo grabbed the guy's neck and gave it strength.
  2919. "Tell me what you've seen."
  2920. The Woods.
  2921. The shape that will be blurred at once is caught in Hansoo's hands and becomes more blurred.
  2922. As soon as it turns off.
  2923. Normally, threatening would have been eaten.
  2924. The spirit was not born yet, and there was not a strong spirit.
  2925. But now the situation is different.
  2926. I'm already done.
  2927. <Freaky. why me? KHHH. Take care ...>
  2928. Fooooooooo!
  2929. The spirited spirit was unable to reach the end of the crazy horse, and the shattering of it was destroyed and disappeared.
  2930. Hooooooo!
  2931. The body of the crushed spirit has become a fragile piece of color and has begun to get sucked into the body of Hansoo.
  2932. At the same time.
  2933. Toot.
  2934. Advantage.
  2935. Hansoo's body has begun to notice new functions.
  2936. As if it were a different being.
  2937. A change in the fragments of an element that they eat.
  2938. It was a change that would not be tolerated, but Hansoo looked around with an urgent expression.
  2939. 'Remember ... a little more.'
  2940. But at that moment.
  2941. Whoook!
  2942. After the change, Hansoo's consciousness began to suck somewhere.
  2943. The fragments of memory leave the floating space, outside, towards the body.
  2944.  
  2945. .........................
  2946.  
  2947. Hwu Woo Wook.
  2948. Tiamat, who had narrowed his eyes to seeing Hansoo who started moving again, gathered white light at the end of his hand and finished preparing to go back.
  2949. In the past, it was the power of the spirit of light, but the ability to devour the whole spirit after hearing that he should eat everything to be transcendent.
  2950. At the same time.
  2951. Quaaaaan!
  2952. At the end of the pile of Lancome, a gigantic ray of light was fired and scratched.
  2953. The power that can not be prevented if it is a guy.
  2954. The difference between him and his skill, however narrowed, but he did not make enough to make the stinking glow of the blizzard as it evaporates the blizzard stretched out.
  2955. yet.
  2956. Kwaaan!
  2957. With the huge roar, a huge storm of water vapor burst out of the water.
  2958. However, Tiamat, who had attacked, attacked.
  2959. "... Are you sure?"
  2960. At the same time.
  2961. Cheii profit.
  2962. "It was this function."
  2963. There was a gentle voice of water through the water vapor.
  2964. In the vicinity of such a stream, the blizzard blossom gathered to form a barrier of ice.
  2965. The moment when Hansoo raised his hand and invoked the ability to be carved in his body.
  2966. Quaaaaan!
  2967. The storm of snowstorms, which was shattering everything fairly, has begun to move to one point with terrifying momentum.
  2968. "Big Hurray!"
  2969. Towards the farther away, Tiamat, who was trying to attack him again.
  2970. In a moment, the blizzard of the blizzard obelisk, which was eating the stamina of Tiamat, pressed the Tiamat with the power of several times.
  2971. Tiamat's original spirit of light concentrates on creating the energy of pure destruction.
  2972. The spirit of darkness that Jang possessed concentrates on dealing and dominating the darkness efficiently.
  2973. However, the function of the primordial spirit that the manager dealt with was originally different from that of the original.
  2974. Control.
  2975. The dominance of the energy of the spirit.
  2976. The necessary functions to govern the massive Methuselah system and the entire Tower of Obelisk.
  2977. Tiamat's light spirits will be much stronger in generating energy efficiently with destructive power, but the story is different in an environment where there is enormous energy that is not controlled everywhere.
  2978. Quad gain.
  2979. Quadrature.
  2980. "Damn ... damn!"
  2981. It is not just a magical storm.
  2982. The storm of magical power that condemned the disaster that covered the whole earth with the power of the obelisk, was rushing toward Tiamat.
  2983. When Tiamat grinds the teeth by pressure several times higher than before.
  2984. bang! bang! bang! bang!
  2985. Hansoo, who ran through the blizzard, ran down and threw a lightning bolt at Tiamat.
  2986. Cuauan!
  2987. "Great!"
  2988. Turter Tongue!
  2989. Tiamat, who flies as it is, sheds his voice on the ground.
  2990. Kwang!
  2991. Once again, Hansoo climbed over Tiamat and asked Tiamat.
  2992. "Tell me what happened before."
  2993. "...what?"
  2994. Quad Sucks.
  2995. "Great!"
  2996. She grabbed Tiamat 's power line and muttered.
  2997. "It was a thousand years ago ... that you finished finishing safely, right?"
  2998. And I have to listen to this guy.
  2999. What is the suggestion that the devil gave to this guy.
  3000. And the contract is still valid.
  3001. "This child ...!"
  3002. Kwaan!
  3003. "Great!"
  3004. Quad Sucks.
  3005. 'The spirit is ... The spirit has no answer, so I have to listen from this side.'
  3006. He avoided the pile that flew toward himself, and once again, his right hand raised Tiamat and Hansoo muttered, giving strength to his left hand holding his power.
  3007.  
  3008. <68. The Star of Transcendence (4)> End
  3009. ? ALLA
  3010. <68. The Star of Transcendence (5)>
  3011.  
  3012.  
  3013. Hansoo began to operate the skill, the dragon rush, and grabbed his head again.
  3014. '... just before the soul is destroyed.'
  3015. I have earned time by eating the spirit, but it is hard to fight long.
  3016. But something is coming intensely.
  3017. 'nonsense.'
  3018. A virtual reality game, Exodus, which was enjoyed in the past by third-class citizens.
  3019. And second-rate citizens in frozen state and first-rate citizens who were suddenly attacked.
  3020. Players and indigenous peoples in the real world who enjoy the game Exodus.
  3021. Aboriginal people understand to some extent.
  3022. It's not impossible if this guy overcame 1st class citizens and set up the country by escaping 2nd or 3rd class citizens.
  3023. But the players are different stories.
  3024. Third-rate citizens, who can exist in virtual reality, are still traveling around the world in reality.
  3025. Of course, there is no guarantee that players playing the Exodus here will be the same as those playing the Exodus in those days.
  3026. No, it is much more realistic to see them different.
  3027. But Hansoo clearly remembers.
  3028. The face of the woman that Tiamat hugged at the end and watched through the eyes of Methuselah.
  3029. Her face is a face that she knows for sure.
  3030. No, if you are a player living in this world, you are rarely known.
  3031. 'Carly Oyster Clan Clan.'
  3032. Clan Road, Astania.
  3033. The player has the authority on the subject of the imperial capital, the special dominion on the subject, so the most prominent figure among the clans of the 15th clan.
  3034. Their names are the same and their appearances are the same.
  3035. It 's just too good to be called a chance.
  3036. If the beings who can live only in the past, virtual reality, are going around outside now, it has gone beyond the beat of Tiamat.
  3037. And as Hansoo thinks, there is only one thing that can explain this situation now.
  3038. contract.
  3039. The last word of Tiamat, that he made a covenant with the devil.
  3040. Quad Sucks.
  3041. "Tell me what you did in the past."
  3042. Kang muttered with his throat tightening.
  3043. "Great ..."
  3044. Tiamat spits of blood and gnaws.
  3045. In the past, all the characteristics of the reformed species were completely erased by his own hand to oppose the first-class citizens, and the snow storms on all sides continued to feed their lives.
  3046. In such a situation, there is no way to beat the person in front of you.
  3047. 'That's the end. Damn ... '
  3048. It was the first thing that came to mind at the same time with the collapse.
  3049. A man who has driven himself for a thousand years.
  3050. 'Those guys .... I'm going to be fucked. Somehow. '
  3051. Tiamat, who remembers the fairy, laughed and opened her mouth.
  3052. "Well ... If you had even joined, you would have seen the past in the memory of Methuselah, I do not know, I was really naive, but I do not know why."
  3053. Tiamat reminisced, remembering the memories of the past.
  3054.  
  3055. ...........................
  3056.  
  3057. At that time, a fairy - like being looked at herself and said.
  3058. You deserve enough to ask us for something.
  3059. In order to qualify you for not being able to make that flower.
  3060. <Originally, it's a shortcut. Deal is possible. I do not want to do anything.>
  3061. In the suggestion of such a fairy, Tiamat grinds teeth.
  3062. I have never been before.
  3063. The proposals of the devil have never been right.
  3064. A selfish transaction, prepared for the greatest pleasure of the devil.
  3065. The opponent who accepts the transaction necessarily goes to ruin.
  3066. So whenever I heard such a word, Tiamat laughed.
  3067. The foolish foolishness of accepting such suggestions.
  3068. But now I thought I knew.
  3069. Why so many oral stories are bound to deal with the devil, but ultimately one can not refuse to accept the deal.
  3070. 'That was it.'
  3071. It is not to accept the devil's transaction because man is weak.
  3072. The devil.
  3073. A wicked guy who would offer a deal.
  3074. It does not miss a moment when humans become weak.
  3075. At the very moment when I can not refuse the transaction.
  3076. It 's hard.
  3077. Tiamat realized that he was in the form of a fairy, but he was smiling at the brutally brutal figure.
  3078. I have to admit that I am weak.
  3079. <Accepts>
  3080. There was only one wish in the head of Tiamat.
  3081. To secure space for living with Astania.
  3082. It was not so important to smash first class citizens.
  3083. That wish is empty moment.
  3084. The fairy laughed.
  3085. <It becomes half ... ·. Not half. I will not intervene so try to reach your hand. This is your jurisdiction.>
  3086. At that end, Nepal Lem nodded and grinned and reached out to the tower, looking far away.
  3087. yet.
  3088. Quaaaaan!
  3089. A gigantic tower ran up and began to reverse.
  3090. The force that pushes the catastrophe backwards.
  3091. I want you to suck all the plagues that have been covering the whole earth.
  3092. When the gray clouds disappeared and the sunlight began to shine on the continents beyond the mountains.
  3093. Tiamat realized.
  3094. That huge tower, Obelisk, originally built by Nepal Lem, had the ability to solve this global disaster.
  3095. <This fucking chick ...>
  3096. Of course, you do not know whether or not all the civilians die.
  3097. However, he could not bear the disgrace to him who deceived himself.
  3098. Whether or not, Nepal Lem opened his mouth openly.
  3099. <During the operation of Obelisk, third-class citizens can not come. It's based on the Methuselas system. And that .... The same is true of her.>
  3100. <What?>
  3101. In a moment, the body of Astania collapsed in space.
  3102. Inside the obelisk, with the Exodus connector.
  3103. <What are you doing!>
  3104. <This is the hostage. hostage. I told you. It's a contract. Where is the free service? All we can do is here. Oh and one more.>
  3105. Lem of Nepal approached Tiamat, and took his hand behind Tiamat 's neck.
  3106. <...!>
  3107. Hooooooo!
  3108. Tiamat instinctively breathed his back into his neck and instinctively breathed a white light and tried to break Nerpah Lem.
  3109. But.
  3110. The Woods.
  3111. <It's not a bad thing>
  3112. <What is this ...?>
  3113. At once the white light burst and Nepal Lem's hand grabbed behind his neck.
  3114. Tiamat was embarrassed as he saw Nerpah Lem, who had defeated him, as if he had overcome a child.
  3115. Even if it is a genius scientist, the body is not much better than the first class citizen.
  3116. That was my understanding of Nerpah Lem.
  3117. For this reason, Akamel and other first-rate citizens also reduced the sight of the border to Nepal Lem.
  3118. But it is the most powerful among the battle improvement breeds to be able to easily control themselves.
  3119. Whether or not, Nepal Lem stroked Tiamat's chipset, putting his hands behind Tiamat's neck and infusing his strange energy.
  3120. At the same time.
  3121. Koo Woo-woo!
  3122. From the body of Tiamat, a pure white light began to burst.
  3123. <If you want to project the possibility .... It is difficult to have a limiter.>
  3124. A secret that only the developer knows.
  3125. Nepal Lem laughed as he lifted the limiter that suppressed the power of the reformed model and increased the power of the Tiamat.
  3126. Watching Tiamat looking at his body and making an impression of being unbelievable.
  3127. <What ...>
  3128. The force sprang up from the whole body.
  3129. Looking at such a Tiamat, Nepal Lem laughed.
  3130. <First of all, you can do without touching yourself. The woman is a hostage.>
  3131. <... the hostage.>
  3132. At that end, Nepal Lem laughed.
  3133. I told you. It's a deal. There is only one reason why we look at this comfort to you. Be true to the purpose of your birth>
  3134.  
  3135. .....................................
  3136.  
  3137. After that, it was simple.
  3138. It was difficult to deal with first class citizens and all reformed species with stronger power, but they were already scattered and trapped inside the ship.
  3139. Each space ship, one by one, if you break each other, stop.
  3140. It was not hard to kill them, frozen and trapped in it anyway.
  3141. Every first-class citizen with the power to control the reformed species was killed.
  3142. Such unauthorized second class citizens and ailing people brought all of them alive.
  3143. I knew it was impossible with my own strength.
  3144. There is only one condition for Lem in Nepal.
  3145. <Be strong. More than anyone. There is nothing to you now. Then .... We will come. I'll let the girl go. At that time, our deal will be completed. This is just a prepayment.>
  3146. Until the power of transcendence, the destruction of the world, and the destruction of the world.
  3147. To that end, I praised the second generation citizens and the Ain people and made Baekryong Ran.
  3148. And I sealed all the useless Ain to get rid of the unknown variables.
  3149. One additional condition proposed by the elves, for confidentiality.
  3150. I did as Nepal Lem advised, but I did not really understand it.
  3151. Who on earth should be kept confidential.
  3152. <Who on earth is it?>
  3153. Tiamat said that it was ridiculous.
  3154. Class 3 citizens are all asleep, class 2 citizens and ailing people already know the history.
  3155. The generation will be replaced and it will fade away little by little, but it does not make sense.
  3156. It was the fairy next to me who answered.
  3157. This world is going to be recycled. Then .... Pay special attention to confidentiality. They do not know anything, so it's easy to eat.>
  3158. And···. It was only after about a thousand years.
  3159. Who to keep secrets.
  3160. <Such crazy ...>
  3161. Hundreds of millions of bodily information stored in the Tower of Obelisk.
  3162. Based on the body information, Tiamat sighs when he sees the third generation citizens who have begun to regain their memory.
  3163. And I realized.
  3164. <They are .... You really do not consider us more than a toy.
  3165. Then, after seeing the hunting of the third-class citizens revived by the tourists who started to come into their world, the idea became more solid.
  3166. I realized what it means to recycle.
  3167. Tiamat, who was looking at the scene where human values ??are being lowered to a lesser term than that of the long term, has finally begun to understand the meaning of the last words of Nepal Lem.
  3168. I live with confidence in the future. You deserve it. Compared to that ... Is not the world you live in so big? It's just a farm.>
  3169.  
  3170. ..............................................
  3171.  
  3172. '... the contract is a failure anyway.'
  3173. Tiamat muttering with a frowning expression said to Hansoo.
  3174. "You will not save me."
  3175. Tiamat nodded his head as he watched Hansoo not answer in silence.
  3176. There is no reason to keep myself alive.
  3177. Here, in this situation, this moment is the only chance to kill yourself.
  3178. Actually, it's just where his hand is holding.
  3179. Pounding. Pounding.
  3180. The grasp deeply penetrates through the ribs and grasps around the heart.
  3181. In the end, he failed.
  3182. Becoming a transcendent, completing a contract with a fairy, and releasing Astania, which was taken hostage, from the toy market.
  3183. 'You've made a great deal of shit for a thousand years.'
  3184. Still, it is not bad.
  3185. In some ways, Astania will continue to live in this world.
  3186. Immortal.
  3187. 'Better than to die.'
  3188. I might not have told you the story of the past, but I did it intentionally.
  3189. because···.
  3190. "You will not be able to escape, because you too ..."
  3191. Tiamat tried to lift his mouth.
  3192. Koo Woo Woong.
  3193. Far away.
  3194. A roaring sound began to burst from a huge space ship that was sitting on the outskirts of the city.
  3195.  
  3196. ......................
  3197.  
  3198. "What ... why does it work?"
  3199. When a player mumbles with a strange look.
  3200. "You can see it outside if you do it? Turn on it once, how it goes outside."
  3201. "... Well, would that be?"
  3202. While one player touches the panel from place to place.
  3203. One person took the inside of the spaceship and sent it to all directions.
  3204. "Now, let's see what's on the outside, because this ship was crashing over the Cheonkang Mountain Range ... and you can see the outside of it ... it will be released for the first time in history ... Clan Chan, do not forget my ball."
  3205. A clan member of the Carly Oyster Clan, who was on the air, laughed and turned the recording.
  3206.  
  3207.  
  3208.  
  3209.  
  3210.  
  3211. <68. The Star of Transcendence (5)> End
  3212. ? ALLA
  3213. <69. Transcendence (1)>
  3214.  
  3215.  
  3216.  
  3217.  
  3218.  
  3219. "Hmm ... What the hell is there?"
  3220. Astania looked at the screen of the clan who started the relay and expressed his curiosity.
  3221. It is not uncommon to see at a glance.
  3222. It is the land beyond the Cheongang mountain range for such a space ship.
  3223. It is natural to wonder what is there.
  3224. 'Are you prepared for the real ... 6th patch?'
  3225. Then you have to prepare yourself.
  3226. As the one who is in charge of the giant clan.
  3227. Keying.
  3228. Astana, who was looking at the screen as it began to float on the outer space of a huge ship, leaned back behind the chair.
  3229. It seemed to take some time until the screen came up.
  3230. A vase filled with flowers from the eyes of Astania came in.
  3231. Before that, a bunch of flowers that Tiamat flew and gave to me.
  3232. 'By the way, where did this man go?'
  3233. Astania remembers the natural thriller and muttered a small necklace on his neck.
  3234. This is Tiamat's hand.
  3235. Congratulations on the inauguration of the Dominion.
  3236. A jewel that symbolizes the lord of the Special Dominion.
  3237. '... I do not know why you're doing well with me. This mimo feeds on the NPC? "
  3238. As far as I was concerned, Astania, with his nose raised, swiped his hand over his mouth.
  3239. It seems that there is not much action of Tiamat.
  3240. As NPC has no power, it can be forced to take action, but Tiamat has always been around and swiping all over.
  3241. 'The man is going to make a fiasco ... look at me.'
  3242. This world is another world anyway.
  3243. There is no case of having a relationship with an NPC at all.
  3244. No, it was quite common.
  3245. In the first place, players who are confident in their appearance often approach the NPCs intentionally to take advantage of the power and power they possess.
  3246. In fact, I always heard a joke mixed with the clan members.
  3247. I close my eyes tightly.
  3248. <Oh, what are you interested in? Just let me just ... .>
  3249. Though it is a joke, there was always a certain amount of seriousness in the minds of the clan members who suggested such a proposal.
  3250. If you maintain a good relationship with Tiamat, the Cali Oyster Clan will no longer be the 15th clan.
  3251. Only one clan, and only the clan under it, will exist.
  3252. The power of Tiamat was that much.
  3253. Even if it moves with a light heart only for the relief of one 's emotions, it is enough to be able to overturn an exodus' s plan.
  3254. If Tiamat would give Astana his capital, the capital would be of Astania and if he would give the right to tax, that right would be of Cali Oystyle.
  3255. Really powerful force.
  3256. In fact, Astania has been a problem for a while.
  3257. I gave up soon.
  3258. 'Anyway, his eyes are a problem ...'
  3259. Astania had a taste for it.
  3260. Eye.
  3261. The eye that Tiamat looks at himself.
  3262. Tiamat's eyes were always so sad that he looked at himself, so he thought he would use him.
  3263. So far, the crazy Astania smiled as he touched his necklace on his neck.
  3264. 'I should do better when I get back. I want to eat rice. It is said that the new restaurant is delicious in front of yo.
  3265. That moment.
  3266. <Oh! It finally pops! The screen showing the outside!>
  3267. The furious sound of the Kali Oyster clan was ringing in the transit room that Astania was watching.
  3268. As soon as I heard the sound, Astania washed away the emotions of half the face and corrected his posture.
  3269. It's really important what's in there.
  3270. Cali Oyster Clan turned the relay screen as if to grumble about the mind of such a clan chan and shone other players, not the outer wall screen.
  3271. <Let's hear other people's feelings before? What do you think about this historic moment?>
  3272. "This kid is real ..."
  3273. He pulled a lot of tension and laughed.
  3274. Astania's spoken word, but the attitude of a clan member who imitates a reporter is ridiculous and the moment he smiles.
  3275. 'what… . '
  3276. Astania rubbed his eyes and dragged the relay screen forward.
  3277. A strange anomaly is happening.
  3278. <Oh! What>
  3279. <Uh ...>
  3280. What is this?
  3281. Aaaah!
  3282. Wow!
  3283. Many of the clan members, who were on the relay screen, were all reconciled to gold and disappearing.
  3284. Spit out the scream of the end.
  3285. "... what is that? Why suddenly log out?"
  3286. The sound of Astania, who watched the relay screen, came out from the mouth.
  3287. Suddenly there was no reason to log out, the guys were reconciled to gold and disappearing.
  3288. I have studied it, but it is not.
  3289. <Uh ... . What?>
  3290. It was heard that the clan members of the Kali Oyster Clan, who was relaying the players who looked at the screen on the outer surface of the spacecraft, had to back off and utter an embarrassing voice.
  3291. At the same time, the relay screen, which shines players, follows their eyes toward the outer wall and the screen.
  3292. And the sight that came in.
  3293. <Ah ...>
  3294. A huge, huge, towering tower.
  3295. It is a large city spread out below.
  3296. The moment I looked at it.
  3297. Hoooo Wook.
  3298. Even the player who was relaying disappeared into gold and disappeared.
  3299. But Astania seemed to know why.
  3300. The moment I saw that huge tower.
  3301. All the memories I had lost were coming up from below in an instant.
  3302. I do not know when, how long ago I remember.
  3303. I was rushed to the city after a disaster.
  3304. It was also the city's first-class citizens who were oppressed.
  3305. It also caused a riot against him.
  3306. And… .
  3307. 'Tiamat. This is like a fool. '
  3308. Then Astania understood everything and smiled at me.
  3309. Why Tiamat got himself so.
  3310. And why did you turn around.
  3311. '... I can not cook because I'm laughing.'
  3312. At the same time Astania laughed.
  3313. Aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa.
  3314. The body of Astania suddenly disappeared.
  3315. In exchange for breaking the rules set by the world.
  3316. Originally that huge tower, a body that should be trapped in obelisk, but embodied in the world through shortcuts.
  3317. It's only natural that if someone breaks a rule made by someone, such as the flesh, it disappears.
  3318. yet.
  3319. Falling.
  3320. Astania was completely turned into gold and powdered, and only one necklace fell to the floor where Astania stayed.
  3321.  
  3322. ........................
  3323.  
  3324. "... ah."
  3325. Keying.
  3326. And the spaceship that started to rise.
  3327. Tiamat, who looked at turning the lights off from the ring engraved on his fingertips,
  3328. 'how… . How to do this at the end. '
  3329. The light of the ring at his fingertips was turned off.
  3330. The fire of a ring linked to Astana's necklace.
  3331. It is only when the necklace on the neck of Astania has completely lost its owner that the fire is out.
  3332. The lord's necklace corresponding to the attributed artifact does not lose its owner even if the player is logged out.
  3333. So even if Astana logs out, the ring's fire does not go away.
  3334. There is only one ring in this ring.
  3335. A necklace hanging on the neck of Astana means you have completely lost your owner.
  3336. And that means ... .
  3337. "Ha ha ha ha ha ha ha ha ha ha ha ha ha ha!"
  3338. A tearful laugh broke out from the mouth of Tiamat, who grabbed his heart from Hansoo.
  3339. Anger and madness laughed, and they rang out everywhere.
  3340. 'how… . What have I done for you so far. '
  3341. The moment Astana's death was confirmed.
  3342. Something felt like something that sustained Tiamat for a thousand years had been broken.
  3343. At the same time Tiamat knew.
  3344. That she cherishes her more than she thought.
  3345. Ti.
  3346. I looked at Hansoo with a smile that looked only emptiness.
  3347. "I had a lot to say to you ... I do not need it anymore."
  3348. With a creepy smile, his mouth went up.
  3349. The moment I saw that look.
  3350. 'Dangerous.'
  3351. Hansoo instinctively grabbed his heart and grabbed it.
  3352. The look of the person who puts everything down.
  3353. It is different from before.
  3354. Quaddough.
  3355. Get up.
  3356. Blood popped out of Tiamat's mouth, but Tiamat's mouth did not go down at all.
  3357. In the first place he is a superhuman.
  3358. If a heart is broken, it does not die right away.
  3359. No, even if the brain is smashed, the altered and changed body moves according to its own final will.
  3360. It is a moment, but it is enough.
  3361. To erase everything.
  3362. "This is a fucking world ... I'm going back to normal."
  3363. 'I am the world that I made for the contract ... . I will not have any problems even if I return to the original. '
  3364. At the same time.
  3365. Key Iiying!
  3366. The enormous energy that had been gathering and clinging to the heart of Tiamat began to vigorously swell with repeated contractions and expansions.
  3367. For 1,000 years, Lancome's stakes and blazing energy have been burned.
  3368. It started burning with a gleam of bright energy enough to turn the whole continent upside down.
  3369. "Ha ha ha ha!
  3370. The moment I heard the mad smile of Tiamat.
  3371. Hansoo took roughly the stakes of Lancome from Tiamat 's hand.
  3372. It was too late to prevent the explosion.
  3373. But you have to restrain the damage as much as possible.
  3374. After taking a pile, Hansoo takes a deep breath.
  3375. Crunch!
  3376. As it was, it was pushed into the energy mass next to the heart of Tiamat.
  3377. Kurrer ruin!
  3378. The enormous energy body was discharged by the pile and began to flare violent sparks.
  3379. It began to emit its energy as the energy body that was solidly clumped cracked.
  3380. No, beyond that, energy began to pile up the sky.
  3381. Like a lightning that moves along a lightning rod.
  3382. Crunch!
  3383. Hansoo took the pile and pushed it toward the sky.
  3384. Obelisk!
  3385. The energy burst and began to rise into the sky along the direction of the pile.
  3386. It was merely a stream, and a blizzard blasted by a storm of energy split and clouds of the sky began to swirl.
  3387. Cool!
  3388. Though he had no power to move his body, his strength to move his mouth remained, and Tiamat laughed harshly as he looked at the stakes he had put on the ground.
  3389. "Cuckoo ..."
  3390. If it were energy that would have been suppressed in the first place, it would not be able to shake the continent.
  3391. Most firepower will turn to the sky.
  3392. It is enough to fulfill your purpose.
  3393. With that Tiamat behind.
  3394. Kwaaan!
  3395. Hansoo left the Tiamat and took the ground and quickly flew into the huge tower, the obelisk.
  3396. It 's not time to argue.
  3397. 'We have to reduce the damage as much as possible ... . Survive. '
  3398. The energy that you feel there is that much energy.
  3399. Hansoo quickly went inside through the outer wall, which had been shattered earlier, and quickly slammed the floor and flew to the bottom as far as possible.
  3400. Underground, towards the deepest.
  3401. bang! bang!
  3402. Thiammet, who heard the roar of the underground sounding in the obelisk, laughed and laughed.
  3403. 'you are… . Could it succeed? Over the wall? "
  3404. Tiamat 's eyes slowly slowed down.
  3405. Quaaaaaan!
  3406. The enormous energy that came out of Tiamat swept away all over the place with flashes.
  3407.  
  3408. .............................
  3409.  
  3410. Kurrerrer.
  3411. "What? What?"
  3412. "What happened?"
  3413. Mamoussea, and the travelers who were confronted with the Ain, were embarrassed to see the colossal columns of light that had been poured out of the mountains beyond.
  3414. The roar of the heaven and earth, the tremendous vibration, the blinding light seemed to be falling off the whole continent.
  3415. If there were no Silent Mountains, then that huge energy storm would have swept them up.
  3416. When people look at the pillars of huge light.
  3417. There was something else in the eyes of Methuselah.
  3418. In the past, the future sight of the Methuselas system.
  3419. It was blocked by the Cheonan mountain range, but it looked sharp in the eyes of Methuselah.
  3420. Beyond that, the sight of the city.
  3421. 'A thousand years of gigantic ... . It collapses. '
  3422. Far away.
  3423. The illusion of a huge steeple that was collapsing and collapsing with energy was seen.
  3424. A huge tower that kept the continent for over a thousand years.
  3425. Methuselah looked at the travelers who had confronted him.
  3426. "Have you ever been blessed?"
  3427. "... yes, why is that?"
  3428. In the answer of such Karhall, Methuselah laughed coldly.
  3429. "Now ... winter is coming."
  3430. At the same time.
  3431. Kwaaan!
  3432. The huge blizzard that the obelisk was suppressing began to be released everywhere.
  3433.  
  3434.  
  3435.  
  3436.  
  3437.  
  3438.  
  3439.  
  3440.  
  3441. <69. Transcendence (1)> End
  3442. ? ALLA
  3443. <69. Transcendence (2)>
  3444.  
  3445.  
  3446.  
  3447.  
  3448.  
  3449. The Obelisk.
  3450. Near the earth of the spirit.
  3451. The players, who were in the battlefield fortress, were abusing themselves when they suddenly turned off the broadcast.
  3452. "Oh, what's going on?"
  3453. "It sounds like a big show, but what is it!"
  3454. The person who wanted to broadcast was logged out, disappeared in an instant, and was in a bored car. Hundreds of thousands of millions of players waiting for a hilarious broadcast quickly became complacent.
  3455. "What is it, I do not even have information control in the upper clan?"
  3456. "Do you know only one of them is deadly?"
  3457. It is as if the people are clamoring and complaining.
  3458. The Urrer.
  3459. The Obelisk.
  3460. Far away.
  3461. A tremendous roar and flash rose from the side of the Cheonan mountain range.
  3462. A gigantic flash that is enough to gather the complaints of the players at once.
  3463. "uh...?"
  3464. "what?"
  3465. At the same time.
  3466. Papa Papa Park.
  3467. Papa Park.
  3468. The bodies of players who were playing on all sides began to disappear in gold.
  3469. Like a wave.
  3470. Hundreds of firecrackers were plugged in as flamboyant as if a fire was on fire.
  3471. People screamed at the scene.
  3472. "What is it! What is it!"
  3473. "Is it a bug or a patch?"
  3474. "Damn it! If you are forced to quit, tell me something!
  3475. "Did you notice?"
  3476. People screamed with fear and half embarrassment.
  3477. There has never been one such case.
  3478. Exodus was hit by this massive bug.
  3479. I have a massive force exit for the patch.
  3480. Of course, I have never been in a public notice, so even if I can understand it, I do not know that there is no notice until this happens.
  3481. A huge explosion.
  3482. And the subsequent unidentified situation was embarrassing all of the people.
  3483. 'Besides… . What is the standard?
  3484. The surviving player, Antoinette, muttered without being logged out.
  3485. Obviously, most players are logged out, but obviously there are players who have survived without being logged out.
  3486. Like yourself.
  3487. But such feelings for a while.
  3488. gulp.
  3489. Antoinette, who looked around all the time with a face that he could not understand, swallowed his saliva.
  3490. To be precise, tens of thousands of people are logged out at the same time, dropping and seeing artifacts.
  3491. 'Wow ... ooh. I was not logged out. This looks very buggy. I have a server. "
  3492. Antoinette swallowed his saliva as he watched the artifact.
  3493. If you are logged out, this artifact will not be left.
  3494. This is obviously the case when the player was killed.
  3495. 'I'll just suck on a massive scale.'
  3496. Antoinette laughed as he looked at the scene in front of him.
  3497. The drop probability is small, but it is also the story when one or two people are dead.
  3498. Antoinette, who looked at the mountains of the unfolded artifacts and swallowed them, began to look around carefully and began collecting artifacts carefully.
  3499. 'I'm the one who picks up first. And this is the wrong game of operation. It's not my fault, is it? "
  3500. When it is not this time, when do you get the bonanza.
  3501. In fact, there was a frenzy everywhere.
  3502. "Hey! Yahya! That's what I said first!"
  3503. "This is crazy, you son of a bitch! Is this yours? This is my friend!"
  3504. "I sat down with a bug! What a different clan!"
  3505. It was in a state of turmoil to pick up artifacts that seemed to be valuable to each other.
  3506. To get as much, as expensive as possible.
  3507. There is nothing you can do to get the bug back and restore the artifact.
  3508. I'm just going back to it.
  3509. 'Huh. exciting.'
  3510. When Antoinette, who was grabbing an artifact from Jusum Island, is making a pleasant smile.
  3511. Hoooo Wook.
  3512. '... What?'
  3513. Antoinette shook his body and shivered in a cold chill.
  3514. Although the western side of the fortress is close to the land of the frozen spirit, his body is protected by powerful magical powers.
  3515. The harsh cold wave in the first place is not reaching out to the outside.
  3516. Just as if you were tied to something.
  3517. The possibility of a cold wave to this place is close to 0%, but the cool energy that is sweeping the body now is not mistaken.
  3518. 'This is another ... . '
  3519. I ignored the artifact, but I was not able to ignore the gradual descending temperature.
  3520. Antoinette lifted his head with a gentle expression.
  3521. To check the identity of this cold.
  3522. 'I do not think any crazy guys are using the skill to take on the artifacts, right? Sung-seok or? '
  3523. But the worries of Antoinette did not fit at all.
  3524. The home where Antoinette remembers.
  3525. He was the most fortunate family he could think of.
  3526. And unfortunately.
  3527. The reality was in the worst form that Antoinette could or could not think of.
  3528. Kuo Oh!
  3529. "... Oh My God."
  3530. From the land of the spirit.
  3531. Something huge was flocking.
  3532. A tsunami of a blizzard that is blue and white in color.
  3533. Like a dam that was blocked, it crashed, a storm of ice that was pushing like a tidal wave and freezing everything.
  3534. "Wow, what a wow!"
  3535. "Huh!
  3536. It's just that.
  3537. B.
  3538. Far away, the players who were closer to the ground of the spirit than themselves were scared and tried to flee, but all were blind.
  3539. The players caught in a storm of frozen ice suddenly froze and turned into gold.
  3540. yet.
  3541. Obelisk!
  3542. The tsunami of a massive blizzard swept as far as Antoinette.
  3543. "Well ... damn it!"
  3544. Aaaah!
  3545. A giant fire flashed from Antoinette, who was scared by the blizzard that froze his body.
  3546. Flames from the A-class fire stones have never been enough to burn the players and monsters that have been offended by themselves, and always give more satisfaction to Antoinette .
  3547. But this time the opponent was too bad.
  3548. Hoo Woong.
  3549. It is.
  3550. The energy of the flame emitted from the body of one person was very weak compared to the huge blizzard that struck from all directions, and the flame of the elemental flame which had been pushed to ignite the whole world began to fade in a moment.
  3551. yet.
  3552. "Bill ... I will eat."
  3553. 'If I die like this ... . Phoenix's stone is useless at all. '
  3554. What a fuck!
  3555. Anthonyen, who was frozen all over, spewed out into the golden color.
  3556. Hooooooo!
  3557. The tsunami of a massive blizzard that passed through Antoinette, as it were, covered the war fortress and continued to run.
  3558. Unfolded fortress.
  3559. A broad kingdom empire.
  3560. And across the continent.
  3561. ..................................
  3562.  
  3563. The Obelisk.
  3564. Woolly.
  3565. A huge obelisk.
  3566. And it was a magnificent city spread out below.
  3567. A huge city that had been frozen but did not lose as much as its dignity was gone without it.
  3568. After that.
  3569. The place where the great heat and energy swept away, the steeply rising steel forests have long been like melted and thick lava.
  3570. The blizzard blast would have cooled the heat, but the blizzard was caught in a huge energy storm and evaporated, and the worst of all, the obelisk escaped the suppression, and all the continents had long gone.
  3571. Come on.
  3572. Over the ocean of giant lava,
  3573. Koo Woo Woo Woong!
  3574. The huge tower, which was barely maintaining its shape, began to tilt.
  3575. The wreck of the obelisk that had reached a height of ten kilometers, but the upper part of the explosion flew away and now only a few hundred meters remain.
  3576. yet.
  3577. Quaaaaan!
  3578. The obelisk crashed and a huge tremor hit the ocean of lava.
  3579. Even if it is only a few hundred meters, it does not have its size.
  3580. The massive impact of enormous mass hit the ocean of lava.
  3581. CURRER!
  3582. The ocean of lava metal, which was boiling, was overflowing and covered all over.
  3583. The wreckage of obelisk.
  3584. And a huge underground structure beneath the obelisk.
  3585. The Obelisk.
  3586. Under the obelisk, the underground space that was maintaining its shape was swallowing the molten metal, creating a huge liquid metal waterfall.
  3587. In a murderous lava lake where no creatures seem to come alive.
  3588. Bugle Bugle.
  3589. Suddenly, the air bubbles began to boil, and a huge vortex began to rise from below.
  3590. After a while.
  3591. Quaaaaan!
  3592. With a roar, an intense explosion shook the area, pushing liquid metal all over the lake.
  3593. And in it.
  3594. Kwaan!
  3595. Kwang!
  3596. A doll protruded out of the structure that was keeping shape.
  3597. Little by little, the dolls landed on the wreckage of a huge obelisk sinking under the sea of ??lava spurred out of a crude voice.
  3598. "Coolk ... big."
  3599. Hansoo, whose scales on the whole body were burnt, checked his body condition and shed his voice.
  3600. '... I barely lived.'
  3601. If you went deeper, you might have been able to reduce the damage further.
  3602. Actually, the capsules of the third-class citizens, which were actually stored deeper, seemed to be functioning as a recipe.
  3603. But there was a limit to avoiding between those short gaps, and eventually they were blasted.
  3604. 'still… . How have you survived? Well this is a problem. '
  3605. Kururur.
  3606. Hansoo turned around and muttered.
  3607. A scene that would not be lacking even if it was a hell.
  3608. The heat that covered all over the place did not go out but still burned the atmosphere and the earth.
  3609. The sea of ??lava was constantly getting in all directions without thinking about the ceremony.
  3610. As if it contained the will of Tiamat, who prayed for the world to perish.
  3611. And the same thing happened to get in there.
  3612. Cheii profit.
  3613. Still the persistent heat was constantly eating some of his flesh, and the obelisk was gradually sinking and slowly erasing where Hansoo would settle.
  3614. I do not know if it is usual, but there is a limit to staying in a state where it is caused by explosion shock.
  3615. Come on!
  3616. In the body of Hansoo, as the dragon pore screams, it has been working fiercely to restore the body while encompassing the whole body in the river, but it has its limitations.
  3617. If you do this, you must die.
  3618. 'first… . I'm out. "
  3619. After seeing the ocean of the lava that covered the far side, everywhere, take a deep breath.
  3620. Kwaan!
  3621. I jumped on the sinking obelisk.
  3622. Towards the sea of ??liquid metal swallowing all over the place.
  3623. Cheii profit!
  3624. It is not difficult to spur because it is a sea of ??high-density metal.
  3625. Tung! Tung! Tung!
  3626. When Hansoo 's foot pierced the sea of ??lava, the sea rattled over the sea, and through the reaction, Hansoo began to run at a rapid pace.
  3627. Far away, towards the half - fallen Tianjin mountain range.
  3628. 'Time is a fight.'
  3629. Whether your fitness is first.
  3630. Or, before that, out of the ocean of lava.
  3631. Every time I tear the ocean of lava, the heat of the metal bounces off the water.
  3632. '... Players are now completely finished.'
  3633. Hansoo mumbled to see the lava liquid pushed into the basement without any reason.
  3634. 'The headache is severe.'
  3635. And.
  3636. In a cruel environment, and in a state of squeezing all the body to resist such an environment.
  3637. In proportion to the pain on the head.
  3638. Kiri Reing.
  3639. Zero numbering skill grabbing the life line of Hansoo.
  3640. The skill of Yongma Kagong began to rise rapidly.
  3641.  
  3642.  
  3643. <69. transcendence (2)> end
  3644. ? ALLA
  3645. <69. Transcendence (3)>
  3646.  
  3647.  
  3648.  
  3649.  
  3650.  
  3651. The Obelisk.
  3652. "Huh ... Is this something I was aiming at?"
  3653. "It's huge, that's about it."
  3654. Far away.
  3655. Khalil and Enkidu muttered as they watched the storm of a huge snowstorm as they were released from the land of the spirit and far away, into the kingdom and empire.
  3656. Since the disaster that had been compressed was released to the entire continent, the power of such was weaker than the earth of the spirit.
  3657. Those who are near now are being swept away by the storm that is released, but if this disaster spreads to the whole area, the power will be reduced a little, and it will be easier to stick to it.
  3658. Of course, compared to the land of the spirit only.
  3659. '... I'm all dead.'
  3660. Karhala, who measured the power of the storm, muttered.
  3661. Players will be able to hold for two or three hours without the protection or the spirit of the element.
  3662. If you are a stronger kingdom than the players, or strongers of the empire, you can hold out more.
  3663. You can hold it a little longer by hitting a shield with a magician.
  3664. But it's also a matter of time.
  3665. The players were disappearing all the time, changing into gold every moment.
  3666. Even those who do not accumulate enough damage to die.
  3667. 'What happened ...'
  3668. Beyond that, looking at the Cheongeang mountain range, Karhary turned his gaze to the territory of the vast kingdom.
  3669. The people of the king would not have to freeze to death at the moment, but the ending is finally settled.
  3670. Starve to death.
  3671. Or exhausted.
  3672. If the whole world is covered with ice and the gray clouds, there is no way to find food.
  3673. Very few people can survive with the power of magic and magic, but they will no longer threaten them and travelers.
  3674. I do not have to worry about travelers coming up.
  3675. It is only when the Ain people give the blessings again while they gain the bounty of the spirit and build the place and earn time.
  3676. Then they can hunt the grounds of the enemy, the monsters that stay inside, raise the level and climb up the upper zone again.
  3677. 'Here's a good one ... . '
  3678. There is only one variable.
  3679. Ain.
  3680. The worries of Karhad and Enkidu went to the Ainu.
  3681. '... do they keep the alliance properly?'
  3682. The situation is not favorable to them and it is unilateral.
  3683. Even if they are not hostile to themselves.
  3684. Even if you do not assume the worst situation, betrayal.
  3685. Even if they hide themselves, they are fatal.
  3686. There is no way to save the people who follow.
  3687. It is impossible to survive in this world until the level is increased by 50 without the spirit.
  3688. No, exactly speaking, it may have been possible before, but it is impossible in the future.
  3689. In this vast world that will be covered with snow and ice or another disaster.
  3690. When Karhad and Enkidu are making an anxious look.
  3691. Low.
  3692. Far away, somebody started walking toward Enkidu and Karhala, who were observing the storm.
  3693. "... what is it?"
  3694. Looking at Methuselah, who walked through the snowstorm, Carhara made a smile.
  3695. But I was worried about the object that appeared in front of me.
  3696. 'I do not know what you're thinking.'
  3697. Looking at such Karhala, Methuselah grinned.
  3698. "I know what you're worried about, but do not worry, we do not want to fight with you guys."
  3699. Their objects were not much left anymore.
  3700. I do not want to lose power by fighting them.
  3701. 'Honestly, I'm attacking now ... . It might be advantageous to end it. '
  3702. It is now ahead of the force, but if the number of these individuals increases exponentially and the order of the elementary is received, the force among the races is reversed.
  3703. But there are separate reasons for not attacking them decisively.
  3704. "And now it's not time for us to fight."
  3705. "what..."
  3706. Even before the words of Methuselah are over.
  3707. Fur!
  3708. pop!
  3709. Puff!
  3710. Far away.
  3711. Fireworks and fireworks began to bloom throughout the kingdom where Karhad and Enkidu looked.
  3712. Where the soldiers of the kingdom are soldiers.
  3713. Throughout the area of ??military importance.
  3714. The moment I saw it.
  3715. The sultry sprang out from the mouth of Karhala.
  3716. I realized what that flame means.
  3717. "Oh damn it ..."
  3718. "Did not you think they would die like this?"
  3719. The land of the spirit guarding them blew up and covered the entire continent.
  3720. The kingdom and the empire have only one choice.
  3721. "I will come to catch us, I believe you will do your best as an ally, so ... we can stay alive and help you."
  3722. General Colonel Cyclops, and their elite sicknesses are really tough.
  3723. The elite sicknesses of the empire are even more so.
  3724. When Methuselah muttered, watching the army of the kingdom bursting from every direction.
  3725. Enkidu looked at Methuselah with a sincere heart.
  3726. "Could it be an alliance?"
  3727. Enkidu did not like this fight.
  3728. There is not a big difference in the power of both sides.
  3729. If you fight, both sides will suffer tremendous damage.
  3730. And the opponent knows this too, so if the people share the game, the extreme situation of war can be avoided.
  3731. All they want is survival.
  3732. At the end of such Enkidu, Methuselah laughed.
  3733. "Well, if they really understand you ....
  3734.  
  3735. ......................
  3736.  
  3737. "What are you going to do?"
  3738. Kuu Woong.
  3739. In a blizzard drifting from everywhere.
  3740. The officer asked anxiously, looking at the commander, Cyclops.
  3741. Now, I just drag the remaining horsepower to create a defender and stick to the amount of protection, but there is a limit.
  3742. At that point, Cyklus muttered, looking away from the inside of the earth of the spirit.
  3743. "I have to catch a bitch."
  3744. Not all people are as strong as themselves, and their horsepower is limited.
  3745. In the end, without it, it gradually wears out and disappears.
  3746. At the end of such a conversation, he said in an expression of worry.
  3747. "Alliance with them ..."
  3748. Ain 's power is never difficult.
  3749. Besides, the same goes for the travelers who joined the new power.
  3750. Their opponents will never want to fight with their own lives.
  3751. I know they will run desperately.
  3752. At that end, Cyklus laughed and said.
  3753. "Alliance ... That's good, if this situation keeps going on."
  3754. At the end of Cyklus' stabbing in the bar he was worried about, his deputy swallowed his saliva.
  3755. "Travelers are weak now, but will they later?"
  3756. "..."
  3757. "They will come up endlessly, and it will become even stronger if they receive it, even though it is the weakest force now ... but soon it will become the strongest force."
  3758. In the last fight I took a few of the travelers.
  3759. The story I heard there is a spectacle.
  3760. They are just advance teams.
  3761. It is said that ten million, or even billion, travelers are coming down from below.
  3762. They themselves, like the people of the kingdom, are not those who have lived peacefully, but those who have killed, fought and survived.
  3763. "And then they will treat us and Ain as the honeymoon of the alliance?"
  3764. "..."
  3765. "In my eyes ... It is not that way ... It is not a war of survival or survival ... It is a matter of who the next owner of this world is ..."
  3766. The problem of becoming master of the next world.
  3767. The word came poking through the bosom 's chest.
  3768. "Just think of one thing: kill all of them and put the Ain in our hands, remember that they are beasts, fighting, killing, climbing up to this world ... if you do not wipe them this time ... , Your son and daughter, and your wife. "
  3769. "... Okay."
  3770. There are so many crazy moments.
  3771. The deputy also nodded with a firm expression.
  3772. When I heard the story of my family, I realized the meaning of this fight.
  3773. 'Damn it ... . Somebody did this. '
  3774. The aide sighs.
  3775. I do not know how it happened.
  3776. The days when the empire and kingdom ruled the world and the immortals enjoyed it were certainly stable and peaceful.
  3777. But everything is different.
  3778. The trapped ains became free bodies and travelers who ran like rats became the most threatening thing now.
  3779. It was not believed that this all happened in less than a month.
  3780. 'You're too nervous.'
  3781. Cynthus, who was watching the sardonic vice, opened his mouth softly.
  3782. "Do not think that it is disadvantageous.
  3783. If this unidentified roar had not blown out, the storm of a blizzard that protected the earth of the spirit firmly, if it did not burst, it should have seen the eyes open and they become strong.
  3784. But now the earth has burst and the hedge that protects them has disappeared.
  3785. Now is the perfect chance to sweep them all away.
  3786. That is, if you think about fighting, it's a simple matter.
  3787. But in Cincler 's mind, one thing got hurt.
  3788. He seems to have guessed the mind of such a cyclist.
  3789. The deputy opened his mouth to see Cyclops.
  3790. "... you know that, too. Why are you helping travelers?"
  3791. There is no need to keep an alliance for a while because it has been allied for a while.
  3792. The situation has changed completely.
  3793. Travelers are not the only ones who are likely to get shot when they become stronger.
  3794. No, in a way, needy ains might be more miserable.
  3795. 'Methuselah. What the hell are you thinking? They are ... those who are supposed to sweep away when they are weak. "
  3796. Cyclists reminisced about Methuselah and muttered.
  3797.  
  3798. ......................
  3799.  
  3800. Kururur.
  3801. With the whole earth collapsing.
  3802. Inside the semi-detached Cheongeang mountain, the ocean of lava rocked once more.
  3803. Kwaan!
  3804. The massive shock that hit the earth constantly created an earthquake, and by the aftermath of the earthquake, the waves of metal, which rattled through the waves, ran through the body of Hansoo, burning Hansoo 's skin and horsepower.
  3805. Cheii profit.
  3806. Despite desperate resistance to the dragon pore.
  3807. 'still… . First of all, I will be alive if I go there. "
  3808. Hansoo looked at the Cheongeang mountain range, which was approaching his eyes.
  3809. Chi profit.
  3810. Although the blizzard evaporated due to the aftermath of the explosion, the mountains themselves absorbed a lot of shocks, and the rugged snow pile was still visible at the top of the mountain range.
  3811. It may be a disaster for the inhabitants of ordinary kingdoms or ordinary players, but it is a good means to restore the body to those who devote themselves to the spirit.
  3812. Huu Woong.
  3813. Hansoo began to run through half the mountain ranges, grabbing the banging head and muttering.
  3814. '... When I get out, I have to take a break for a while.'
  3815. Rather than resting, to be exact.
  3816. You can not go up without leaving an uncertain element that you do not know.
  3817. Even if it takes a little time, once this fight is over, you will need to recover your body and examine your condition once more.
  3818. 'Until the Abyss opens ... I still have a little time.'
  3819. Perhaps because of their involvement, the gap between the Abyss and themselves, the test dimension, would have been faster than before.
  3820. Maybe one or two of the Abyss might pop out.
  3821. But that is enough inside the calculation range.
  3822. If you are stronger, you will be able to cope with that.
  3823. Hansoo grabbed the banging head and flew faster to forget the pain.
  3824. Keying.
  3825. Let's go for a while.
  3826. The throbbing fever faded, and a blizzard began to come from all over the place.
  3827. Huu Woong.
  3828. With the eyes of Hansoo who absorbed the energy with the power of the spirit and recovered the body little by little.
  3829. Kurrer.
  3830. Beyond the Cheonkang Mountains, half-melted ice floes began to be seen.
  3831. The earth of ice that has melted down halfway by the energy that burst through the collapsed Cheonkang Mountains.
  3832. Melting and cracking, in between.
  3833. Kururur.
  3834. More than dozens of spaceships were seen.
  3835. Not all of the huge ships just freezed by Tiamat just before departure.
  3836. When I saw such a ship, the sea of ??the sea was narrowed.
  3837. One of them showed a strange move.
  3838. Koo Woo-woo!
  3839. 'Does it work?'
  3840. Underneath, one of the ASTRO series seen between the ice floes was slowly starting to work.
  3841. [ASTRO-1]
  3842. The light on the exterior of the spacecraft was clearly visible from the light of the working ship.
  3843. '... I have to go once.'
  3844. I can not ignore that though my condition is unstable.
  3845. It surely means that someone went inside that space ship and intervened.
  3846. Hansoo, who was worried for a moment, flew away toward ASTRO-1, which started to work slowly.
  3847.  
  3848.  
  3849.  
  3850.  
  3851.  
  3852.  
  3853. <69. Transcend (3)> End
  3854. ? ALLA
  3855. <69. Transcendence (4)>
  3856.  
  3857.  
  3858.  
  3859.  
  3860.  
  3861. Kurrerrer.
  3862. As he approached a huge ship that was emitting light sharply from afar, Hansoo checked his body condition.
  3863.  
  3864. [Kang Hansoo]
  3865. Muscle strength (Rust): 99.9%
  3866. Physical strength (Rust): 99.9%
  3867. Agility (Rust): 99.9%
  3868. Sensation (Rust): 99.9%
  3869. Horsepower (Rust): 99.9%
  3870. Agility (Rust): 99.9%
  3871. Physical resistance (Rust): 99.9%
  3872. Magic Resistance (Rust): 99.9%
  3873.  
  3874. + Level: 250
  3875. <Skill>
  3876. - Demonic Dragon Reinforcement: 99.3%
  3877. - Pandemic Blade: 60.8%
  3878. - Nine Dragon spear: 38.2%
  3879.  
  3880. <Artifact>
  3881. - Forked lightning (rust): 99.9%
  3882. - Ring of Nohama (Rust): 99.9%
  3883. - Chun Byeonggak (Green): 99.9%
  3884. - Black (green): 99.9%
  3885. - Dragon Essence Blade (Rust): 99.9%
  3886. - Ma jung ok (rust): 99.9%
  3887.  
  3888. <Characteristics>
  3889. - Seven Horn Fragments (3/7)
  3890. - Seven Stars (3/7)
  3891.  
  3892. Rune numbers as early as 99.9% are natural.
  3893. I've been fighting without a break.
  3894. What came to be more noticeable was the Yongma porpoise which came close to almost 100%.
  3895. 'You have risen tremendously.'
  3896. In the case of skills that maximize basic human abilities such as groundwork, the skill increases quickly as you squeeze your whole body.
  3897. Ever since he came up, he has been fighting constantly with the players and fighting with the strongest players in the line above him, such as Arthas Kranzczak and Tiamat.
  3898. In addition, the harsh environment from everywhere.
  3899. 'How can I do this damn headache ... . '
  3900. But there is no time to recover.
  3901. I have to check who's on the inside right now.
  3902. '... players are less likely.'
  3903. By now, the lava was all drowning in the obelisk, burning all of the players, the third class citizens.
  3904. It is unlikely to be a kingdom or an empire.
  3905. It was not long before the earthly earthquake had come, but they would not have come in here until now.
  3906. That is, the probability is narrowed down to three.
  3907. Ain.
  3908. Or Jang Oh and his forces.
  3909. Finally… .
  3910. 'It may be those who have come out of the house and have come out from behind.'
  3911. I wanted to get more physical strength and get into it, but the light from the spaceship was not so intense.
  3912. If you rise to the sky, it will be harder to catch.
  3913. When accelerated, they rise to space without catching up.
  3914. 'Go in.'
  3915. What if a guy like Chango gets it and uses it as a bomb?
  3916. If there is a bomb over the heads of the travelers who are there, the disaster is no such disaster.
  3917. thud! thud! thud! thud!
  3918. After making the decision, Hansoo stepped out quickly and began to run away, toward the huge spacecraft, without delay.
  3919. 'Besides… . It's not bad. Look how. '
  3920. Hansoo muttered, looking at the enormous amount of energy flowing in the outer wall of the spaceship.
  3921. Toung!
  3922. Han, who arrived under the ship, rolled down the ground and rushed to the outer wall of the spaceship at once.
  3923. Beetle.
  3924. The moment I was forced to reach a fairly high spacecraft, a headache inside and a musculoskeletal system from the outside screamed out.
  3925. Gain.
  3926. Wood gain.
  3927. 'Khach.'
  3928. Could it be that the body did not get my performance because the whole body screamed?
  3929. Hansoo's body did not reach the outer surface of the highly elevated spacecraft and slowly began to fall back down.
  3930. '... no.'
  3931. Looking at an increasingly rising space ship that frowned and fainted, Hansoo began to wiggle his newly acquired functions.
  3932. At the same time.
  3933. Keying!
  3934. Along with the strange noise, the blizzard of the surroundings started gathering at the feet of Kang-soo.
  3935. It is precisely the energy of the cold spirit that was mixed in the blizzard around.
  3936. Suddenly the light was condensed at the feet of Hansoo in an instant.
  3937. It's just that.
  3938. As soon as the light bursts out, a lump of ice, like a lie, was created by spouting a spiky icicle.
  3939. Just like I grew up in the air.
  3940. Taaan!
  3941. Hansoo sprang to the ground again, rattling ice under his feet, and once again, the body of Hansoo, which had fallen due to it, could rise to the top and reach the outer wall of the ship, which was getting higher and higher.
  3942. The moment when Han, who reached the outer wall, grabbed the protuberance on the outer wall by hand to fix the body to the ship.
  3943. Chi profit!
  3944. An enormous amount of energy, which could not be easily pierced by the seven dragons of the Suryong window, which flowed through the outer wall, began to rebound in order to push away the sense of heterogeneity that is about to invade the spacecraft outer wall.
  3945. It is intense repulsive force that does not begin to drill in the present state of the body.
  3946. However, there is a clear difference from the previous one.
  3947. Keying!
  3948. This time, the newly absorbed spirit inside the body of Hansoo began to function.
  3949. The Obelisk.
  3950. Some of the enormous amount of energy controlled by the Methusela system inside the spacecraft, ASTRO-1, began to flow unceasingly into the body.
  3951. The energy from the fingertips flows into the body through the horsepower circuit and reaches deep inside the body until it reaches deep inside.
  3952. At the same time.
  3953. Woo Woong!
  3954. Like the bottom of the paddy, where the dry dwellings met the rain in the drought, they began to suck the magic.
  3955. No, it was not just that I started to suck up the horsepower.
  3956. Ma Jung Ok, who absorbed the magic power, carefully reworked it, packed it with the energy of Ryoma porcelain, and began to flow all over the corner.
  3957. In order to heal the body of Hansoo, which became a pantheon because of the explosion in the body of Tiamat.
  3958. The Obelisk.
  3959. It was a little bit, but Hansoo sighed with a sigh of relief as he looked at his skin, which was visible to the naked eye.
  3960. Because the spirit of the spirit used in the shield did not identify himself as a hostile existence, but as a friendly existence.
  3961. Although the dominance of the Methuselas system used in spacecraft is so strong that it can not be used at all, it is able to supply much more purity and compressed energy than the weak spirits of the spirits scattered all over.
  3962. 'And I can do this too.'
  3963. Hansoo, who had recovered his strength by grabbing the protuberance of the outer wall, gathered the power of the spirit at the end of his window and pushed it to the outer wall.
  3964. At the same time.
  3965. The corduroy.
  3966. The shore of the outer wall that the shoe dragon creature car carried over softly accepted without splashing lightning.
  3967. Thanks to this, the dragon swarms gathered at the end of the window, ignoring the repulsive force of the shield, could easily dig inside and reach the outer wall of the thick ship.
  3968. No matter how sturdy the alloy is, if you can not be protected by energy, you will not be able to survive.
  3969. Keying!
  3970. The bifurcation between the lightning bolt and the outer wall sparkled and the outer wall slowly melted.
  3971. Using the power of the spirit, which Methuselah gave him, he cut off the energy flowing for the restoration of the outer wall and pierced the hole with the pothole of the dragon, so that he could easily penetrate into the thick outer wall, This was opened.
  3972. 'It was.'
  3973. Come on!
  3974. When I pulled in the inside of the outer wall and walked inward, the warm, soft energy, which is distinctly different from the blizzard blast outside, sweetly enveloped Kang's body.
  3975. Already inside the ship, it means that the colony is operating quite clearly.
  3976. Hansoo began to walk to the engine room on the inside without hesitatingly pulling the energy around him.
  3977. 'Let's see what kind of face it is.'
  3978. Hoo Woong.
  3979. Every time Hansoostepped down, the flowers around him wore, the lake lost its softness, and the street lamp that was illuminating all around was blinking and darkened.
  3980. Because of Hansoo who is forced to take in energy from all sides and turns to the restoration of the body without any reason.
  3981. Hansoo, who recovered the broken body by actively utilizing the energy of the newly acquired spirit, nodded toward the engine room.
  3982. If the ever-acquired inequity or physical strengthening makes the body strong, the element maximizes the ability to adapt to the environment to the outside and raise the ability to prepare for the unknown.
  3983. It is a great advantage to be able to absorb a certain amount of energy to attack and to return to recovery and defense.
  3984. You can alleviate your opponent's powers, and you can raise your defenses.
  3985. Koo Woong!
  3986. Hansoo walked inward as he regained his body without any hesitation and frowned at the energy felt inside the control tower far away.
  3987. 'You can not do this.'
  3988. Moment.
  3989. Koo Woong.
  3990. Someone with a very familiar face appeared.
  3991. The faces I remembered in the past, and even until recently.
  3992. A redesigned face with Tiamat's face.
  3993. 'Level is ... . 380 or so. '
  3994. The number of TMT series that absorbs power from the ship's spirit has narrowed down.
  3995. Though weaker than Tiamat, it is still too strong.
  3996. Above all, the opponent is holding a bomb in his body, but it was not even a blindfolded body by the storm of obelisk.
  3997. The existence of the TMT series, TMT-1, which has been bouncing down the hill, was a surprise when looking at Hansoo.
  3998. '... I really sucked Tiamat.'
  3999. The same TMT series, but the TMT-17, known as Tiamat, is a non-standard entity that has taken off the bridle and became a monster.
  4000. A traveler who is only allowed to throw off the limit for a short time, which is infinitely weak, sucks Tiamat.
  4001. There was a prophecy of Methuselah, and I felt that the tower had actually collapsed, but it was no surprise to see the existence of those who went to fight Tiamat alive.
  4002. "What are you doing here?"
  4003. TMT-1, who was excused from listening to Hansoo's voice asking himself questions, decided to stick to his role.
  4004. This is not your first mission here.
  4005. If you encounter an object called Kang Sang-soo in a situation that you do not know,
  4006. 'First of all, did you say hello? By the way, you really meet. "
  4007. MSL-17, thinking of Methuselah, thought it was great, and Tiamat recalled her command and opened her mouth with a shrug.
  4008. "You fought for us, I really appreciate it."
  4009. "I do not think so."
  4010. I do not think the person in front of me has come to this place to say a word of apology.
  4011. At the end of the conversation, TMT-1 opened his mouth with a flat face.
  4012. "Yes, we do not have the time." He who represents us, tells you the words of MSL-17. "
  4013. At the same time.
  4014. Kiri Reing.
  4015. By the power of TMT-1 dealing with the spirit of light.
  4016. The surrounding light was bent to create a single hologram.
  4017. Methuselah, who came up in the air, opened his mouth with a smile, as if he were in direct conversation with Hansoo.
  4018. <Thank you first. You have stripped off our race.>
  4019. The energy of the TMT-1 caused the vibration to reproduce the voice of the same name.
  4020. The voice of Methuselah, full of respect, was full of heartfelt gratitude.
  4021. 'For the one that sealed it off ... it's overblown.'
  4022. When you look at that kind of Mamdusela, you narrow your mind.
  4023. The hologram of Methuselah continued to open its mouth.
  4024. <In return, we have sincerely wondered what we can do. But what we really can do for you ... is just one.>
  4025. Whether you want it or not.
  4026. One thing you can really do for Hansoo.
  4027. The moment the words of Methuselah are over.
  4028. It was not a gift, for example, to fly toward Hansoo.
  4029. Energies that contain enormous power that can not be justified.
  4030. Beginning with the striking blow of enormous energy.
  4031. Kwaaan!
  4032. The TMT-1 ran toward Han-su, as he wore bright white light throughout his body.
  4033. Unlike TMT-1, which rushes with relentless expression.
  4034. The hologram of Methuselah smiled warmly and handed the final word to Hansoo.
  4035. In exchange for you stripping off the bridges that were hanging on us ... . We will take you off your feet.>
  4036. "I never wanted to ...."
  4037. With the cry of Hansoo refuting the last word of the undecided Methuselah.
  4038. Kwaaan!
  4039. The gigantic spaceship filled with roar and began to kick in.
  4040.  
  4041.  
  4042.  
  4043.  
  4044.  
  4045.  
  4046. <69. Transcendence (4)> End
  4047. ? ALLA
  4048. <69. Transcendence (5)>
  4049.  
  4050.  
  4051.  
  4052.  
  4053.  
  4054. Enviarin.
  4055. A real leader who plays the role of managing and managing the troop in place of a place without a leader.
  4056. 'He is running around alone. I should get it. '
  4057. We do not know that we are collecting an organization.
  4058. More complex, organic lumps than complex machines.
  4059. It means that we have created an organization that keeps people in constant control, eliminates conflicts, and provides people with something they need.
  4060. Even more so if the organization is made for fighting and survival.
  4061. In that sense, Enbiarin plays a more important role than Han, perhaps even more important than Han.
  4062. I was in control of the guys who were constantly trying to cause trouble.
  4063. like now.
  4064. "What will you do?"
  4065. "... We have no reason to fight them, are we?"
  4066. Envy Arin grabbed his head as he watched the man chiefs rushing in front of him and staring at him discontently.
  4067. 'Oh, damn. I do not know where she goes and where she goes. Other guys are not suitable for this. '
  4068. There are a lot of strong, trustworthy warriors who are good at fighting.
  4069. But maintaining such a large organization is not solely a force.
  4070. Sophia and Karhala, who have become irritated in the red zone, are not fit to conduct, and Enkidu has had experience of controlling the village, but has never seen it before.
  4071. And it is the same with most people.
  4072. The ability of individuals to fight, the ability to operate large organizations without difficulty, and the ability to operate the organization and use it for war are all heaven and earth.
  4073. Anyone who can do such a thing is at least a few at the moment, besides Enbiarin.
  4074. Enviarin himself has had a great many years of experience as the owner of the giant clan, The Cross, who ruled the orange zone.
  4075. Had it not been for the managers of big clans, including Envirinen, this huge organization would have collapsed.
  4076. In addition, the individual's armed forces are also high.
  4077. It was not uncommon for me to get rid of the physical strengthening procedure and the mare fence before, because it was strengthened by taking two procedures through the orange zone and the yellow zone.
  4078. Now, however, Envyarin was very keen to use his force to knock out enemies, rather than knock them out.
  4079. So that anger can be seen.
  4080. Kuo Oh.
  4081. However, the attitude of those standing in front of me was merely dignified.
  4082. "Do not you be angry, please convince us, why we should fight those guys."
  4083. thud. thud. thud. thud.
  4084. Looking at the kingdom and the imperial armies slowly pushed from afar, one of the mangers muttered with expression of dissatisfaction.
  4085. A person who has the status of a man of the highest rank in the system of control temporarily established.
  4086. Man-bang, Samuel Kinyar.
  4087. In the past, he was the middle caretaker of the large clan of the Orange Zone, Lerore Loretan, who was in charge of the position of the Man of the Year with his character, management ability, and strength.
  4088. It was a character that always keeps a spoken word out of his mouth, so he usually believed that he was trustworthy but he could not make out his mouth.
  4089. Envyarin stood at the forefront of other Manchurians and reiterated Samuel Kinnar's statement of their opinion.
  4090. "I mean ... let's just leave the Ain and go up."
  4091. Other travelers had only one opinion.
  4092. Abandoning all the ains and avoiding them elsewhere.
  4093. Avoid the kingdoms and the armies of the empire from far away.
  4094. Samuel nodded his head.
  4095. "That is correct."
  4096. Quad Sucks.
  4097. At that end, a golden knife held in the hands of Enbiarin was harshly cried.
  4098. The artisans and craftsmen of the lower floors were the artifacts that they created with the ball, but because of the characteristics, emotional infection, it was not possible to overcome the grip of Enbiarin which was amplified by agility and strength.
  4099. "You know what I mean to say?"
  4100. It is not simply abandoning Ain.
  4101. Without the Ain, there is no human future to follow.
  4102. If they do not get a raise, they'll freeze and die before they come up and raise the level.
  4103. At the end of such an Enviarine, Samuel jumped briefly, but within a short time he expressed his opinion.
  4104. "Honestly there are more people down there, but I am more important than the lives of those I lead, because if I crash now ... some of them do not know how to die."
  4105. They all looked directly at them with their own eyes.
  4106. Major, Cyclops.
  4107. And how strong are the elite sicknesses he leads.
  4108. Level 400 is not the number that they can not afford to do at 250 levels yet.
  4109. Even if you win, you will have a huge amount of damage.
  4110. If they can not help it, there is a way to guarantee them a higher survival.
  4111. Ain 's throwing it as bait, and raising the level far away, deep in the ground of the spirit, and climbing.
  4112. There is no reason for them to fight for the Ain, as the king or empire has no reason to chase them.
  4113. 'Damn it ...'
  4114. Samuel's embarrassed look on his face was a pain in the ass.
  4115. I do not know if it would be better to save my life, but the guy who goes out for those who lead his own life is more difficult.
  4116. 'rather than···. It was much quicker when there was an earthly land. Damn it. Help me out. This child. '
  4117. Enbiarin muttered, kissing Hansoo who had no idea where he was.
  4118.  
  4119. ..............................
  4120.  
  4121. "Do you see those people?
  4122. Enkidus, who had walked slowly to the call of Methuselah, narrowed the distance between those who were clamoring far away.
  4123. 'Huh ... I'm going to sell you.'
  4124. And that's the same with Karhallwho walked with her.
  4125. The face of Karhalland Enkidu, which had been checked and watched by the side, seemed to be furiously wondering whether or not Methuselah would show strange behavior.
  4126. Because their eyes and ears can not be seen in the eyes of the Ain.
  4127. 'Damn them. In the first place, it was quiet. "
  4128. Maybe it is a demonstration.
  4129. "I do not want to be a nanny ..." he said.
  4130. The moment I heard the words of Methuselah.
  4131. I shouted Karhallfor a long time.
  4132. "Hey, what are you talking about?" He said.
  4133. Karhall shouted with the impatience of pride.
  4134. Except for his name, he called them all, but he knew he was going in there too.
  4135. 'Honestly, my first meeting with him was not so good.'
  4136. If you were like your personality, the answer is fixed.
  4137. The one who will kill him is just killing him.
  4138. He's going to take him right away.
  4139. Focus on strength and resources.
  4140. In some ways Karhary's opinion is not much different from those of Clementin's Bukhara.
  4141. Nevertheless, Khalil follows Hansoo 's opinion for one reason.
  4142. In the long run, I agree that if you have perfect control, you do not have a better way.
  4143. And in fact, so far control has been well done.
  4144. 'I can do as much as my ability.'
  4145. And in his view, Hansoo still has the qualifications and ability to push this way.
  4146. Looking at the far away golden army, Karhary shouted at him.
  4147. "Look, there's a guy like that one who is so strong, he's got an army,
  4148. Even the mighty general led him to carry tens of thousands of troops under him, dragging the elite knights and the marauding army.
  4149. It is a common sense of common sense to be stronger as you get together.
  4150. The conflict that arises from there in the first place is equivalent to the natural cost.
  4151. 'Where is the organization that does not write once to raise each other. It's not a robot. '
  4152. At the end of such Karhall, the smile of Methuselah became thicker.
  4153. "is that so?"
  4154. "... what do you want to say?"
  4155. At that end, Methuselah laughed and said.
  4156. "So where did you use it?"
  4157. "... What?"
  4158. "Have you ever been in need of something?"
  4159. "..."
  4160. At the end of that time, the word of Karhary was blocked.
  4161. '... Yeah. Where do you want to write it? "
  4162. It is a person 's mind that I want to write if I grow up the organization.
  4163. Even if it is effective to do it by oneself, it is natural that it is safe to move together.
  4164. But when you see Hansoo moving so far, it is almost the opposite.
  4165. 'It looks like a real nanny.'
  4166. Maducera, who smiled faintly as he watched the piercing Karhala, continued to open his mouth.
  4167. "If you listen to it, it is also the person who saved the whole thing, and the person saved it ... you have to feed it hard to keep it alive, and you have to eat it when you think about the maintenance cost, and it does not seem to be used right away. I do not know what you're talking about, but you do not really care about him or anything like that.
  4168. "..."
  4169. Every time a bony vulgar sprout out of the mouth of Methuselah, which is completely different from the way he treats Han, the expression of Karhary and Enkidu is distorted.
  4170. I wanted to refute, but after seeing their companions clamoring behind me, I was stuck with words.
  4171. Methuselah continued to open his mouth.
  4172. "People must have basics of happiness, have you ever seen that person looking for something like that?"
  4173. "..."
  4174. At that end Enkidu and Karhallshook the jellyfish 's head.
  4175. I have seen this saying before.
  4176. <What kind of friends do you live with?>
  4177. If human beings are not a machine, and they turn around 24 hours a day, they will break.
  4178. But Hansoo does.
  4179. But it does not seem to me that I am looking for something that feels good.
  4180. If you are good enough, you can literally live like a king.
  4181. It reigns above travelers.
  4182. Beat beauty and covet all around.
  4183. You do not have to live to survive, and you do not have to deal with strong enemies right now.
  4184. Now if you see what Hansoo does ....
  4185. "I do not think it's like a worker, so I was wondering."
  4186. If someone works blindly until they live their bodies, the reason is one of them.
  4187. There is an incredible reward that can not really be denied.
  4188. or...
  4189. 'Someone forced it.'
  4190. Karhail immediately refuted such an opinion of Mamousse.
  4191. "It's ridiculous! Who can force him to do it!"
  4192. Who can force them to do so?
  4193. No, even if someone forced me to do it for the first time, I had a chance to get out.
  4194. I spent most of my time alone.
  4195. At that end, Methuselah laughed coldly.
  4196. "I am curious, so ... I think I can help you."
  4197. "What?"
  4198. "I think I'm almost done by now."
  4199. Moment.
  4200. Koo Woo Woong.
  4201. Far away.
  4202. Something began to emerge in the direction of the far -
  4203. '... that thing?'
  4204. A steel ship pouring gleaming light.
  4205. The gigantic spacecraft soared slowly, and Karhall and Enkidu narrowed the gap.
  4206.  
  4207. ........................
  4208.  
  4209. What a fuck!
  4210. Zheng!
  4211. '... Do I just have to be beaten up like this?'
  4212. It's ASTRO-1. I will move to Methuselah by automatic navigation anyway.
  4213. However, it is also true that there is no spiritual inspiration to be able to beat the one who has not recovered all of the body unilaterally.
  4214. The TMT-1, which smashed the white light and smoothed it out, was boring.
  4215. 'What. If you die, you can not help it. '
  4216. I did not have anything to say.
  4217. I just came to hear that you were going to die enough to die.
  4218. Even if it is in the situation of the thirteenth, it is a recipe that it is well, but there.
  4219. Now you must concentrate on your first mission.
  4220. Key I ying!
  4221. The moment TMT-1, which gathered the light as if it would burst into fingertips for the final blow, was going to take his hand down.
  4222. Puddle.
  4223. Wood Death.
  4224. "...?"
  4225. Far away.
  4226. TMT-1, who had heard the bizarre sound of the bodily body of Kang's kneeling kneeling on the floor, hesitated.
  4227. Unexpected, sudden change.
  4228. At the same time.
  4229. Kang, who was on his knees, slowly got up from his seat.
  4230. With a completely different face than I had always been expressionless.
  4231. A tiny murmur emerged from the twisted tail.
  4232. "... Eres Keldian."
  4233. Thank you. Humanity.>
  4234. The memories that were ruined were raging.
  4235. Filling in the sparse space.
  4236. "If you ask ... I should have spoken."
  4237. Wood Duddle.
  4238. Puddle gain.
  4239. Something creeps up in the whole body.
  4240. Hansoo made a bizarre smile.
  4241.  
  4242.  
  4243.  
  4244.  
  4245.  
  4246. <69. Transcendence (5)> End
  4247.  
  4248. abyss collapse
  4249.  
  4250. <70. Great Collapse (1)>
  4251.  
  4252.  
  4253.  
  4254.  
  4255.  
  4256. Could the weak not be selfish in this world?
  4257. No one has an exception.
  4258. To survive, the weaker one should take the virtue of trampling and robbing others.
  4259. I did too.
  4260. But the opportunity for change comes to man.
  4261. Whether it's a change you want or an unwanted change.
  4262.  
  4263. ..........................
  4264.  
  4265. Kurrerrer.
  4266. The TMT-1, which was looking at Hansoo who had a bizarre atmosphere, immediately stopped the attack.
  4267. There was a word from Methuselah to stop the attack if something felt like something different.
  4268. '... I do not want to attack if it is not good.'
  4269. The TMT-1 muttered, watching the bones and muscles of the whole body reassembled.
  4270. Gastric scapula.
  4271. The shape, material, and performance of the whole body tissues and structures were changing as a whole.
  4272. Unlike ever before.
  4273. At the same time, the color of the pore surrounding the entire body of Han - su also changed.
  4274. The blend of golden and black blends randomly with the color of the beautiful light that has created an artistic atmosphere.
  4275. Before I go to the next step, I seem to suck everything I have scattered to clean everything up.
  4276. As the constantly fluctuating flickering light gradually fades and is sucked into the body of Hansoo all at once.
  4277. Toot.
  4278. Finally, Kwang - su, who shook his body once, rose from his seat.
  4279. TMT-1, facing the eyes of Hansoo who was slowly turning around, swallowed seaweed as he watched Hansoo's eyes.
  4280. '... things have definitely changed.'
  4281. It is not a change of body.
  4282. Rather than a change of mind.
  4283. The moment I saw him.
  4284. There was an instinctive presence in the head of TMT-1.
  4285. 'Tiamat.'
  4286. Before that, Hansoo's eyes were similar to themselves, the TMT series.
  4287. And those who were born to do battle with orders only.
  4288. Therefore, TMT-1 thought that the inward-minded person was pathetic.
  4289. Basically, what he did not have was a funny thing when the guy fell into the same position as himself.
  4290. But now his eyes were completely different from themselves.
  4291. Feelings that contain various emotions and desires, even though they are in the midst of suppressing their feelings and desires thoroughly.
  4292. The TMT-1 was not the first to feel such a change.
  4293. Because they were their brethren and their pioneers.
  4294. Tiamat.
  4295. A person who was born into a machine, a tool, succeeded in catastrophic end after desire.
  4296. Only for one desire to cross the wall.
  4297. Such a view of TMT-1 was not wrong.
  4298. In fact, there was a violent change inside and outside of KSU.
  4299. 'It was erased ... . This has been erased. It's true. '
  4300. She smiled and laughed coldly.
  4301. Memory was coming back.
  4302. From the days when I used to go up with Jang Oh.
  4303. I remember meeting Clementine, Eres and Kelndian and Kang Tae.
  4304. I remember the Abyss opened and I had to do the Clementine with the Eres.
  4305. And to the memories of surviving survivors gathering down there, revising the construction of the abyss deep.
  4306. Most of them corresponded to the memories that they had.
  4307. Except for a few decisive moments.
  4308. '... eres. Keldian. '
  4309. The character of Eres, <Monarch>, made a gap in himself, and the skill of Kandian entered the gap.
  4310. Never will the crowds go.
  4311. There is no sense of incongruity.
  4312. But the effect is obvious.
  4313. So that they can lead the way in the direction they want.
  4314. By interfering with the memory of information and putting out the information to create obsession in the unconscious.
  4315. But it was all coming back to its original.
  4316. As the dragon pore evolves by nature, as the body is reconstituted.
  4317. As the bridled soul is condensed and scattered and reassembled.
  4318. "... saving mankind."
  4319. Far away.
  4320. Hansoo muttered as he watched the army of gold, which had already been seen under a highly elevated space ship.
  4321. I like to go around alone in the first place, so I pulled up to the barbari and all kinds of armed to take care of.
  4322. It is not like what he did at all, though he did it himself.
  4323. I can not do nannies like that because of my own personality.
  4324. 'I know why you did it this way.'
  4325. Hansoo laughed as he compared the memories created after his return to the past through the modification of his existing memory and Balaur.
  4326. If it was originally a character of his own, he would have slapped him dozens of times.
  4327. The Woods.
  4328. After checking his body condition, Hansoo went into trouble.
  4329. About what to do next.
  4330. The body changed and the mind changed.
  4331. I found the memories I had lost, washed my soul, removed the bridle and got me back.
  4332. Naturally, goals should also change.
  4333. Not according to the wishes of Erez and Kelndian, who set the bridle, but according to his taste.
  4334. 'The intention was good. If you give your friend something like this, you can use it. '
  4335. First of all, the plan of Eres and Keldian, who sent himself, was simple.
  4336. Future information blocks the disintegration of Abyss information as much as possible and strengthens mankind to the next.
  4337. Gathering the heritage of destruction spread in the seven zones and preventing the human race from escaping.
  4338. Actually, here and there, the green zone has been brilliant.
  4339. 'Not bad. So far. '
  4340. Hansoo laughed.
  4341. If you were yourself in the past, you can not imagine doing that.
  4342. It 's not a matter of ability, it does not fit in person.
  4343. But I do not like the result itself.
  4344. It was unpleasant to force others to do it, but it was not so bad that many people survived and prepared a stepping stone for strength.
  4345. So he liked Eres.
  4346. Because he does not hate himself, but pursues goals that he can never have in character.
  4347. 'But this is not it. Going up later ... . Let's talk a little more. '
  4348. Hansoo first decided to forget about Eres and Keldian.
  4349. There is no nutritional value to burn emotions about Erez and Keldian, which can not be met at once, but strictly speaking, it is what Eres and Keldian did in the past that manipulated in their own minds.
  4350. Now I will forget about the two.
  4351. Now it is time to worry about the future.
  4352. 'I have to win.
  4353. As Keldian said, I agree that I should fight against the Abyss and win.
  4354. I agree with Eres' opinion that the whole of humanity should be strengthened in order to do so.
  4355. But the way is wrong.
  4356. '... Is the plan we have created a perfect plan?'
  4357. Based on the knowledge gained from Abyss.
  4358. And he made a plan based on the information he gained from his past passing through the seven worlds of exams.
  4359. Abyss unite the unity of each and every level of humanity to the extreme, then combine and combine them.
  4360. But as a result of combining the secrets of the various regions that I have not known since I came back to the past, which I did not know in my past life.
  4361. The solution that came out of Hansoo's head was quite different.
  4362. 'This should not be done. Look at that. that.'
  4363. Hansoo, who watched the golden army on the ground through a panel floating on the outer surface of the ship, kicked his tongue.
  4364. Apparently it is, but just there.
  4365. The guys at Abys are really bizarre and strong.
  4366. This is really difficult.
  4367. Hansoo, who made the decision, opened his mouth toward TMT-1, who had looked at himself as a frontier in front of his own eyes.
  4368. "Let's borrow some spaceships."
  4369.  
  4370. ...................................
  4371.  
  4372. Koo Woo Woong.
  4373. "... what is that?"
  4374. "Damn it. Did not those guys write numbers?"
  4375. "... if the kingdom of the army is the worst."
  4376. At a glance, the unusual appearance, enormous energy overflows.
  4377. If it is equipped with an armory, it will be a weapon that can not be touched, and even if there is no armory, it is a threat.
  4378. If you look at the amount of energy, even the self-destruct will be enormous.
  4379. It seems to be for transport, so there may be a lot of stuff on the inside.
  4380. Therefore, the travelers gathered in the corner of the spirits looked at the space ship with a full face.
  4381. It is best if it is ally, but it is not likely to see even if it looks.
  4382. then.
  4383. Keying.
  4384. A few shots of light emerged from the outer wall of the ship, and a huge hologram appeared in the air.
  4385. A hologram that depicts the face of a person.
  4386. The moment I saw that face.
  4387. "What?"
  4388. "... where did you get those things again?"
  4389. "Huh .... Good luck.
  4390. At the same time as people looked strange, they sighed relievedly.
  4391. There was a very familiar face on them.
  4392. There was hope in people's faces.
  4393. 'I do not know how to use that ... but it's never bad.'
  4394. It can be seen by looking at a lot of distant, disturbed kingdom armies.
  4395. 'This time ... can not fight and can go safely?'
  4396. 'That would be good.'
  4397. I did not say anything.
  4398. This was the idea that nestled in everyone's mind.
  4399. How much damage can be reduced, and how much can we go up without fighting.
  4400. Who would like to fight.
  4401. It's a life-fighting fight, in which you might die.
  4402. When most travelers take a sigh of relief.
  4403. '... Is it right?'
  4404. Miyu and other travelers, who have spent a long time with Hansoo, made a strange look.
  4405. I felt a sense of heterogeneity in my face.
  4406. Karhad and Enkidu wanted to see what the alternative was. I looked at the side of Methuselah, but Methuselah shrugged his shoulders and consisted only of the same.
  4407. No, it was not consistent.
  4408. I did not even know how to actually change.
  4409. She did not even know what it would come out of when she was released.
  4410. When Karhad and Enkidu look at a heterogeneous number and make an anxious look.
  4411. <Methuselah. I know everything I hear. And there, Cyclops. Let's talk>
  4412. A gigantic ringing of sound from the giant spacecraft fell all over the place.
  4413. In a sudden conversation request.
  4414. '... what are you thinking?'
  4415. I have a question in people's minds.
  4416.  
  4417. ...............
  4418.  
  4419. TMT-1, who sent a hologram to the outside of the ship at Han's request, asked.
  4420. Because I wondered about the fact that they gathered Cyclus and their representative, Methuselah.
  4421. "What are you going to do?"
  4422. In the question of TMT-1, Hansoo shrugged and opened his mouth.
  4423. "I'm going to reverse all of that, right?"
  4424. "...?"
  4425. 'Why do you ask me that?'
  4426. How does he know what he thinks?
  4427. The moment TMT-1 tried to answer with a ridiculous look.
  4428. Hansoo once again asked the question.
  4429. Instead of TMT-1, toward the air.
  4430. "Answer, what we are doing right now ... was not the right way?"
  4431. This is not the right way to win.
  4432. The way that Tiamat hung.
  4433. And a hint placed in the world.
  4434. When you combine them, you get the answer.
  4435. The answer is only for breaking common sense.
  4436. That moment.
  4437. Bye.
  4438. A splattered space cracked and answered Hansoo's words.
  4439. "It's not bad, I'm a little annoyed at how long I've been doing it, and I'm really glad to know exactly what the author is doing now.
  4440. Hansoo nodded at the end.
  4441. With a bitter look.
  4442. "Yeah, I should have opened the Abyss from scratch."
  4443. At the end of such a.
  4444. "pass."
  4445. The fairy expressed satisfaction.
  4446.  
  4447.  
  4448.  
  4449.  
  4450.  
  4451. <70. Great Collapse (1)> End
  4452. ? ALLA
  4453. <70. Great Collapse (2)>
  4454.  
  4455.  
  4456.  
  4457.  
  4458.  
  4459. Humans become stronger when combined.
  4460. The higher the individual ability, the greater the number, and the synergy caused by that age, the better.
  4461. So Hansoo and everyone else made plans based on him.
  4462. In the direction of maximizing individual ability.
  4463. As many numbers as possible can come alive.
  4464. In the direction of killing outsiders and reducing the elements of conflict so that they can clump together.
  4465. It was Eres and Kelndian, and everyone's solution, to create a fully integrated humanity.
  4466. In a situation where personal ability is limited.
  4467. It was the limit in this world where the ability of an individual is limited, like a game.
  4468. This is the end in this world where one person is stronger than the other.
  4469. Even if you look at the green zone right now, the limit of the level is 250.
  4470. If you build up your experience with good artifacts and good skills, there will be a car of skill at the same level, of course.
  4471. You can not overcome an army that boasts overwhelming numbers and solidarity.
  4472. In this world, where the balance is set like a game, I planned to think that the fastest way to get stronger is to just climb the world fast.
  4473. To create a refined army, to create a seven - color zone.
  4474. Creating a refined world protected from Abyss.
  4475. But the moment I saw Tiamat.
  4476. The moment I saw a strong man who could cope with the whole world alone.
  4477. When I saw the birth of such a strong person, I realized.
  4478. This world.
  4479. It was a bad answer because I came to the conclusion that I had to save time and protect the area from the Abyss.
  4480. "... I should have crashed it from the beginning."
  4481. What you need is not a strong army.
  4482. Rather, he is a strong man who can cope with the world alone.
  4483. A giant tree that eats, builds, trains and fights.
  4484. And···. A ceilingless world and a mighty enemy to grow such a giant tree.
  4485. In other words, it was not the answer to protect the information by itself.
  4486. The opposite is true.
  4487. It was not time to grow like a flower in the ceiling that kept them from rain and hail.
  4488. People should have provided all the information to the information.
  4489. By providing information to as many people as possible.
  4490. It collapses the wall that shared the Abyss with this world.
  4491. To break the limit.
  4492. To fight and eat, to make a frame to grow into a giant tree.
  4493. It is possible if it is mixed with the world without limits, Abyss.
  4494. Everyone is stronger, like Tiamat, or more, to enter the wall of transcendence.
  4495. At the same time, Hansoo muttered into the inside.
  4496. '... Eres and Keldian would not have known this.'
  4497. Eres and Keldian were worried.
  4498. If you go back to the past.
  4499. Just to unravel the information and break the walls of the world.
  4500. So Hansoo realized why they manipulated their memories.
  4501. '... I could not tolerate it in the case of Erece.'
  4502. When a greenhouse collapses and a harsh environment hits, only the strong seeds survive.
  4503. All the fragile plants that will take away their prey will die.
  4504. But in the case of Eres, I could not stand it.
  4505. The moment when the border between Abyss and the Seven Colors collapses.
  4506. But the difficulty was so high, and dozens of people would die.
  4507. Many people who have been living in the red zone and the orange zone may have been dragged away.
  4508. In fact, before the return, even when you lived, the moment the Abyss collapsed, there were many casualties.
  4509. There may be a lot of transcendence.
  4510. The possibility of victory also increases.
  4511. However, in the case of Eres, it would have been impossible to tolerate the Tower of Victory on the body.
  4512. That is why he put himself in the bridle and sent it to the past.
  4513. So far the thought is crazy.
  4514. There was one more question in her mind.
  4515. '... why me?'
  4516. If you have past figures such as Eresun or Kelndian, you can earn 20 more years basically.
  4517. That moment.
  4518. The fairy asked Han, looking at her.
  4519. "Are you really okay? You are the only one who is entitled to transcendence."
  4520. Even in the presence of walls.
  4521. There are beings who are qualified to grow through the ceiling.
  4522. Transcendence.
  4523. A person who is qualified to go above the limits set by the world.
  4524. This qualification is thoroughly talented and congenial.
  4525. A person who was not born in the first place can not even look at the area.
  4526. The only transcendence that was born in this green zone for hundreds, thousands and tens of thousands of years was Tiamat.
  4527. "In other words, in a situation where the ceiling is blocked, you can go beyond it and become transcendent, and then you will not be able to disobey your words."
  4528. The true essence of the seven stars' characteristics is not that they are quickly becoming stronger or evolving skills.
  4529. If you are strong and strong, you will meet anyone, but the barrier that no one can cross can be passed over the ceiling.
  4530. This is one of the many forms of transcendence, the true identity of the seven stars.
  4531. Then the fairy laughed.
  4532. "You ... become an emperor, the only absolute human being who leads a huge army, but if you break down the ceiling, it will not happen.
  4533. There is a wall that nobody can cross.
  4534. The qualifications to cross the wall shine.
  4535. But what if you break that ceiling, that wall?
  4536. Obviously, there is a rival.
  4537. Talented, obsessed, strong, and good luck always exist.
  4538. Even if we cross the billions of human beings, there is a transcendence, but the billions of people who reach the level of walls are full.
  4539. The moment I heard the story.
  4540. '... This was it.'
  4541. Hansoo could see what Eres and Keldian had sent him.
  4542. If a second - year traveler, Eres and Keldian, is back, they can earn more time.
  4543. However, as far as the plan of Eres to save as many people as possible can not break down the Abyss anyway, then they themselves have a limit of force.
  4544. After all, if the time axis is twisted and the butterfly effect happens, you can die without knowing yourself.
  4545. Unlike the other three, Hansoo was obviously weak at first.
  4546. That is why I sent myself.
  4547. 'You already knew. ultimately···. I need a leader. '
  4548. After abandoning the Abyss and making the most of humanity.
  4549. Because the wall did not collapse, the number of horns that stand out alone suppressed all.
  4550. After the Abyss collapses, lead everyone through the Abyss.
  4551. A monarch maintained by the power of power.
  4552. Centralized regime.
  4553. But Hansoo shook his head.
  4554. 'This is the wrong answer.'
  4555. For victory, strong power is more important than anything else.
  4556. You can not fight with weak armies enough to be controlled by yourself, transcendental individuals.
  4557. Warriors are needed to fight the Abyss.
  4558. Even the power of fighting oneself is about winter.
  4559. And that's it.
  4560. The sea that God and the elves genuinely want to create this world and the creatures.
  4561. Fight and fight again.
  4562. Something amazing is born that will please them.
  4563. 'Let me set the stage.'
  4564. The moment I made the decision.
  4565. Han saw a fairy and laughed.
  4566. "Do not do what you want."
  4567. The fairy asked me once more when I saw that kind of laughter.
  4568. "Your choice is a very important choice now, and when you put all the rest of humanity together, you will decide where you are, about 4 billion people, and it's very important to you."
  4569. When you open the Abyss, nearly 4 billion people will fight harder and fight harder.
  4570. When some know the truth, they may resent Hans if they make gold in the Abyss and make them more harsh.
  4571. Why did they make them fight?
  4572. In addition, it is not good in the position of Hansoo.
  4573. I give up my chances of knocking down all of my feet, giving chances to competitors.
  4574. Competitors who have quickly become stronger with their abundant talent, effort, and self - confidence, but have not been chosen by the world, will not be able to penetrate the wall and will grow past the open ceiling.
  4575. Even some of them may be hostile to Hansoo.
  4576. It is possible to fight and to fight against this repeated mountain.
  4577. To that end.
  4578. Hansoo laughed.
  4579. "Since I came into this world, I live in comfort."
  4580. After all, one thing is worth looking at.
  4581. Can you cross the wave that will endlessly end, or not?
  4582. You can not make everyone in Abyss happy.
  4583. I have no intention of doing that, and I am not myself.
  4584. But at least as a decision now.
  4585. It can give you the opportunity to have the power to take charge of yourself.
  4586. In exchange for the immediate comfort.
  4587. The opportunity to have the power to surpass the enormous waves that will be pushed away in the future and which can not be compared with now.
  4588. And only those guys,
  4589. Only those guys who are strong enough to make themselves difficult are the true strengths when fighting the Abyss.
  4590. All you need is a meat shield to fight according to your orders.
  4591. Because I am a colleague who can leave me in the fight right away.
  4592. At the same time as making the decision.
  4593. '... start.'
  4594. Hansoo opened the fragments of the soul that was planted in the body.
  4595. Koo Woo-woo!
  4596. The fragments of the soul began to vocalize and resonate with the sculpture.
  4597. Three worlds where Hansoo passed.
  4598. With three fragments carved in the body of those who oversee the world.
  4599. There is a huge resonance that falls in the body of Hansoo.
  4600. The wave of the soul conveyed its meaning to the three bodies.
  4601. [From now on, tell what I say ... to everyone in the world.]
  4602. At the same time.
  4603. Hansoo opened his mouth toward the huge screen, which was seated in front of him.
  4604. Exactly for all the travelers in the green zone who are watching the ship on which they are riding.
  4605. "From now on, what I say to you is very important, and it is a fact to know."
  4606. Red.
  4607. Orange.
  4608. yellow.
  4609. green.
  4610. All zones.
  4611. For hundreds of millions, tens of millions, millions, and hundreds of thousands of people living on each floor.
  4612. The information on your own abyss will be released.
  4613. 'Abys is going to crack .... Until the next step. '
  4614. He watched people's eyes converge on him and opened his mouth with a smile.
  4615. "Listen carefully, remember clearly, and be sure to keep in mind what will happen in the future."
  4616.  
  4617. ............................
  4618.  
  4619. Listen carefully. Definitely remember. And be sure to keep in mind. What's going to happen in the future.]
  4620. The traveler, Tom Lauren, who received the world number in the red zone, waved his eyes as he watched the huge video released by the force of the world in the air.
  4621. 'Try to say something.'
  4622. Until now, there has never been a single broadcast of this broadcast.
  4623. Moreover, the identity of the person who appears and speaks is also uncommon.
  4624. I have never seen myself, but I heard about the author's story because I can not hear it.
  4625. 'Kang Kang-soo.'
  4626. This massive Red Zone was killed by grabbing the Great Blight, who saved the Red Zone by saving the world number.
  4627. With the ears of Tom Lauren.
  4628. A word of Hansoo slowly echoed.
  4629. [From now on, what I am telling .... It is a reality that you will experience in the future and a wave to come.]
  4630. "... What a nonsense it is.
  4631. In a word of Hansoo who resonated in the air.
  4632. Tom Lauren, who was standing on his ears, made no expression.
  4633. Not only Tom Lauren, but all of the travelers in the Red Zone who stopped work on the side and focused on the screen.
  4634. 'Is it going to happen ... can it be a prophet?'
  4635. When everyone is embarrassed.
  4636. Hansoo's words ranged throughout the entire region.
  4637. Be sure to remember what you are saying now. Information on Abyss.]
  4638. At the same time.
  4639. Dodddd.
  4640. The whole world.
  4641. Exactly speaking, the outer wall around the whole world was wriggling and began to sound loud.
  4642.  
  4643.  
  4644.  
  4645.  
  4646.  
  4647. <70. The Great Collapse (2)> End
  4648. ? ALLA
  4649. <70. Great Collapse (3)>
  4650.  
  4651.  
  4652.  
  4653.  
  4654.  
  4655. Orange zone.
  4656. A pretty voice.
  4657. The controller, which had nothing to do with it, flowed constantly through the sound organs of the robots.
  4658. In hunting hunting grounds.
  4659. In the giant control center that was built for the rest of the travelers.
  4660. On top of the millions of people on the move.
  4661. Lagos, a huge figure in the form of a white lion, is a traveler who raises the level to hunt down monsters on Lazar, Anton Oil.
  4662. I opened my mouth silently watching the broadcast ringing in the air.
  4663. Not only Anton Oil.
  4664. Travelers who hunt by the side also.
  4665. [The first thing you need to prepare is a tribe called Karkil. Their hearts are 15 cm below the exoskeleton and must be able to kill three hearts at the same time to safely kill them. If not, it causes an explosion in the vicinity of a radius of 150 m,
  4666. If you are a skilled traveler with an advanced protection skill level of less than 55% ... . If you are hit by this explosion, you must die. Another thing to note is ... .]
  4667. "... This is what you say."
  4668. "What's going on?
  4669. The stories that resonate in the air.
  4670. It was filled with contents that were hard for him to bear.
  4671. This zone.
  4672. The area of ??the seven colors that they are going through is just the beginning.
  4673. Only for this game, to cope with Abyss.
  4674. Besides… .
  4675. 'Damn it. Do you start before the end of the seven-color zone? "
  4676. So how are they doing in the orange zone?
  4677. Those in the purple zone can not afford it.
  4678. In 20 years, those who have gone to the world have to fight their own struggles, which are only four years old, against the struggles to die.
  4679. 'Damn it ... . Please tell me to lie. April Fool's Day ... . '
  4680. Unfortunately, the voices in the air were too loud to be false and too heavy to ignore.
  4681. I do not know if they know their mind.
  4682. In the air, the voice continued to resonate constantly.
  4683. [Sadly, you arrived too late than the first team. So before you get stronger, Abyss collapses. You have to desperately struggle to refine and strengthen your weapon against it. It is good to know this for that. First of all, the alloys that can be combined in the orange zone are ... .]
  4684. Just like a teacher teaches a student.
  4685. Or as parents teach their children.
  4686. Although it is not packed, there is a lot of information in the air that resonates in the air.
  4687. I was talking.
  4688. After voicing his breathing in the air, he spat out a sadam that was not related to information as if he were going to rest for a while.
  4689. [It is not easy to cope with what I say. However, based on this information, we must constantly train. Only then can we survive.]
  4690. then.
  4691. "... then why do you give me this information now?"
  4692. "It would have been nice if you let me know in advance ..."
  4693. "Damn ... Does that really work out?"
  4694. The bustle of people started to burst out.
  4695. Cataclysm, or news of major collapse.
  4696. Fear was beginning to emerge in the minds of those who lived in a stable situation.
  4697. naturally.
  4698. The anxiety and grudge sparked by the fear began to lead to the creator of fear.
  4699. With a cool voice.
  4700. I am confident that I am able to survive in this job myself, and who is taking out the story without fear.
  4701. "Damn .... Are you confident of surviving by yourself?"
  4702. The voices that are so different from oneself filled with anxiety have brought a sense of heterogeneity.
  4703. One of the people who listened to the voice muttered without me knowing it.
  4704.  
  4705. ................................
  4706.  
  4707. Kururur.
  4708. "Well ... it's going well.
  4709. The fairy smiled as she accepted the huge vibration felt in her body as skin.
  4710. An ordinary human being can not feel this trembling, but the manager himself can feel it.
  4711. The process that takes place in the process where information of Abyss is passed on to people who are over a billion people.
  4712. The information density of Abyss is similar here.
  4713. The huge barrier between Abyss and the world was breaking down.
  4714. The gigantic walls that God had set up and managed.
  4715. You're right.
  4716. The fairy who accepted the vibration as whole body laughed and opened his mouth toward Hansoo.
  4717. "Would that be okay anyway? People would be grumbling."
  4718. People usually hear bad news.
  4719. Surprisingly, I first grumble with those who have conveyed bad news.
  4720. Even more so if you can not do the cause of the bad news yourself.
  4721. If the person who posted the news came to him, or was unable to sympathize with the misfortune that would come, and was alone,
  4722. The anxiety makes it look for the object to attack, and the sense of heterogeneity for the person who does not sympathize removes the strain on the attack.
  4723. If you do not communicate in this way now, you will be able to spread information in one way without clarification.
  4724. And if the real thing that Mr. Hsu said was realized without any exhaustion.
  4725. If it causes people to suffer badly.
  4726. It is only natural that who will come to mind when they suffer.
  4727. The elf who came up to it said with a smile.
  4728. "Do you know that a prophet has not always been treated well? Why do not you try an excuse?"
  4729. The prophet, who spoke negative words, did not always end well.
  4730. From the ancient times, the Chinese dynasty alone.
  4731. History proves what kind of a prophet or magist who has made a bad sound.
  4732. There are only two ways a prophet can be treated well.
  4733. Or you can listen to others.
  4734. If you want to make a bad sound, suggest a solution and lead it in the right direction.
  4735. In the case of Methuselah, the latter was able to be respected.
  4736. The person who does not directly intervene while rejecting me is ignored.
  4737. At the end of such a fairy, Hansoo replied briefly.
  4738. "Now is not the time to clarify."
  4739. Every time information is released, the erosion of the Abyss is accelerated.
  4740. I have unpacked the information to open the Abyss, but I can not open it all at once.
  4741. You must open it in a breathtaking line.
  4742. To the level that people can hold.
  4743. Therefore, the amount of information that can be sent is limited.
  4744. The order of the necessary information must first be solved.
  4745. One word is precious and valuable because the amount that can be conveyed is fixed.
  4746. After he had finished speaking, Hansoo opened his mouth again on the screen.
  4747. "Among the races that will appear in the green zone are those who will be careful are the Dark Lamaze, who are using each other to communicate with each other ..."
  4748. Now everyone knows that Kang is telling the same thing in all four zones, but it is not.
  4749. As he grows up, he brings out words to the green zone.
  4750. The fragments of the soul conveyed different contents to the three floors.
  4751. Only carefully selected information is necessary for each floor.
  4752. Now that the collapse is happening and new changes are coming in, what they need most is information.
  4753. It is the difference between heaven and earth to be known and not to know.
  4754. And every zone, each layer has all the necessary information.
  4755. When the gap between Abyss and the world collapses and a huge change takes place.
  4756. The information that Mr. Hanseu carefully selected will be a great strength.
  4757. 'I have no choice but to tell you everything ... but I have much more information and power, so it would be better than my previous life.'
  4758. Hansoo shared the memories of the owners of the fragments and muttered them, checking the situation of each zone.
  4759. Hansoo's efforts have not been in vain.
  4760. The level of mankind is so strong that it can not compare with the time of the Abyss.
  4761. The numbers are not invaluable, and individual abilities are several tens of times larger.
  4762. It has minimized endocrine disruption, but there is no general affection, but it has some sort of formal appearance.
  4763. Even if the Abyss are opened, the situation will be much better than before.
  4764. 'Take it easy. And ... be strong. '
  4765. "And the biggest weakness of Darkramas is ..."
  4766. The moment Han Sue opens his mouth to people in the green zone.
  4767. Currer Lur!
  4768. Hansoo's skin felt huge vibration.
  4769. Common sense is the vibration that nobody should feel.
  4770. You can feel the transcendental nature of Han who is entitled to drill the ceiling.
  4771. This familiar vibration.
  4772. The ceiling is broken.
  4773. Vibrations where the boundary between Abyss and the world is collapsing.
  4774. At the same time.
  4775. "Ah ha ha ha!
  4776. The fairy smiled and laughed.
  4777. At the same time.
  4778. Coueddard.
  4779. Not only Hansoo.
  4780. The tremendous vibration that everyone can feel has hit the whole world.
  4781.  
  4782. ....................
  4783.  
  4784. Kurrerrer.
  4785. "... what?"
  4786. "How are you?"
  4787. People suddenly were frightened by the shock that hit them.
  4788. Far away.
  4789. A huge change was happening.
  4790. The sky opens.
  4791. The clouds are split and cracks open.
  4792. The ground is open.
  4793. The mountain ranges are divided and abundance arises.
  4794. That's just me.
  4795. There were holes in the sky and the ground, and the holes continued to grow and grow.
  4796. At any moment.
  4797. The Woods.
  4798. Kudd gain.
  4799. The hole in the sky and the hole in the ground stopped and the expansion was fixed.
  4800. But.
  4801. Wood Dodd.
  4802. Even though the gigantic changes that have stopped appearing, the huge vibrations that are falling all over the place are getting bigger and bigger.
  4803. "Oh shit, it was real ... damnit ..."
  4804. From the mouths of those who watched it.
  4805. A sigh of relief popped out of his mouth.
  4806. I wanted to be a lie.
  4807. I wanted to be a tremendous prankster, deliberately playful.
  4808. Even though they were trembling with fear.
  4809. I wanted it to be over there.
  4810. That 's what she said.
  4811. In the future, the world they should live in was shocking to the enemies that would come from the world.
  4812. But unfortunately it was not.
  4813. '... damn it. I wish I had turned into a liar personality. "
  4814. I wish that the changed personality is like a person who likes to scare the bluff and lie to me.
  4815. Unfortunately, the personality of the changed Hansoo seems to be similar to the previous one.
  4816. I'm serious about everything.
  4817. Such Karhala's symbolizes the anxiety that lies in people's minds.
  4818. Kurrerrer.
  4819. The vibrations that are falling all over the place are also getting bigger, bigger and bigger.
  4820. Then one moment.
  4821. From the gap in the sky.
  4822. Through the abysses in the earth.
  4823. Awesome !!!!
  4824. The pillar fell down with a huge roar.
  4825. Get away from the sky, away from the end.
  4826. A huge steel pillar that was thrust down with the force of the planet through the pipe.
  4827. At the same time, familiar voices ranged in all directions.
  4828. The brutal laughter of a being that brings disaster at the moment it appears.
  4829. <Ah ha ha ha! Everyone. Congratulations! Now you have a huge opportunity! Thank you Mr. Kang, who gave you the opportunity!>
  4830. The voice of the fairy was stuck in the ears of everybody, everybody 's ears.
  4831. Not only the ear of Karhala.
  4832. From the red zone.
  4833. To the purple zone.
  4834. In the ears of everyone who travels in the seven-color zone.
  4835. <It is better to sell it first ... I will start to taste it now. Stage 2 stage. Before entering the Abyss in earnest ... . Take you up to the top [Ascension Elevator]. Start operation. Seven color zones! All ready to board here!>
  4836. At the same time.
  4837. Currer Lur!
  4838. On the pillars of huge steel.
  4839. TITTI TITATITING!
  4840. Hundreds and thousands of light blinks and starts to turn on fiercely.
  4841. From bottom to top.
  4842. Upwards and downwards.
  4843. As if it started to operate, it turned on and turned on.
  4844. "... the power of the Seventh Zone?"
  4845. When he saw the huge pillar, Karhail chewed on the fairy 's words and muttered.
  4846. The words of the fairy sounded more and more.
  4847. <Oh and the Abyss too! Please come in line and board! Ahaha ha ha!>
  4848. The moment I heard that.
  4849. The expression of everyone was terribly distorted.
  4850.  
  4851.  
  4852.  
  4853.  
  4854.  
  4855.  
  4856.  
  4857. <70. Great Collapse (3)> End
  4858. ? ALLA
  4859. <71. The egg of the devil (1)>
  4860.  
  4861.  
  4862.  
  4863.  
  4864.  
  4865. Red zone.
  4866. World can top.
  4867. [What you have to prepare in the red zone is the Akocan luster. The synthesis method is ...]
  4868. '... Is this real?'
  4869. The world number manager, Tequilon, who conveyed what Hansoo said with an unbelievable expression, gave a facial expression to Hansoo's words.
  4870. I shared some memories of him, but now that I'm listening to it, I was over it.
  4871. then.
  4872. Coueddard.
  4873. Above the world number.
  4874. A huge noise was heard from the sky above the royal palace on the top of the world vineyards.
  4875. '... what!'
  4876. Keying!
  4877. Tejilan came out of the palace through the power and space movement of the world number in an ominous feeling felt in the whole body.
  4878. At the same time.
  4879. Awesome!
  4880. With a huge roar.
  4881. The steel pillars of enormous size in the sky stuck to the world number.
  4882. Crunch!
  4883. Crunch!
  4884. The mighty steel pillars that were pierced through the clouds smashed the king 's palace as it was.
  4885. Through the world number.
  4886. Under.
  4887. I was stuck deep down there.
  4888. "What is this again!"
  4889. The moment when Tequilan screamed as he watched the huge pillars he had pinched down as he crushed the palace he had escaped.
  4890. Screw it!
  4891. Titiating!
  4892. Light began to enter the steel pillar, which boasts a massive sense of mass.
  4893. At the same time.
  4894. [Ah. If you have an elevator ... Should there be a floor? But I do not think I need to build it again. I can recycle it.]
  4895. "... recycling?"
  4896. In front of Teekylan.
  4897. Chei Lee is profitable.
  4898. With the extraordinary fricatives, the steel pillar was cracked into the outer wall, creating the shape of the door.
  4899. To the top of such a door.
  4900. Banding.
  4901. [Floor-?]
  4902. With the light, one phrase came up.
  4903. "... do not know what floor?"
  4904. An ominous number that represents the huge elevators and floors that suddenly appeared in front of you.
  4905. <Ah Ah! You nearly died! by the way···. What is this? Entrance?>
  4906. <What is this? question mark? What floor is it?>
  4907. Down there.
  4908. Listening to the yellows of the travelers of the red zone heard by the power of the world number.
  4909. Tequilan swallowed the sting.
  4910. '... I do not think this is the only thing here.'
  4911. Tequilan muttered, feeling the vibrations of the other soul fragments.
  4912.  
  4913. ............................
  4914.  
  4915. "Uh ..."
  4916. Fuck you!
  4917. Listening to the distressing cry of a mighty monster from afar, the orange zone manager, the governor, groaned.
  4918. The sound of yelling shaking the heavens and the earth.
  4919. The shout was ringing from the white lion, Lazar.
  4920. I have to.
  4921. If a giant stake starts from the skin and penetrates the entire body, no one will have to suffer a painful scream.
  4922. '... I'm glad you did not play the riot.'
  4923. The governor muttered as he watched Lazarus spouting the painful screams.
  4924. It was fortunate, but the expression of the control was full of worry and anxiety.
  4925. Because the pillar that penetrated through Lazarus and pierced through the heavens to the sea of ??lava penetrated the sky,
  4926. In fact, compared to the size of the gigantic Lazar, no matter how big and huge the elevator is, it's just a thin needle, not a very thin thread.
  4927. Lazar, who was pinched in the elevator, was unable to rebel and could not stand on the spot and was only kneeling down and crying.
  4928. As if to fear the presence of the elevator.
  4929. The controller, who looked at an unstoppable Lazar in anxious eye, thought that the elevator would be damaged, pushed the artificial robot Akadus and walked forward to the elevator.
  4930. [Floor-?]
  4931. '... There is no floor.'
  4932. <Reports the current situation. Entrance has been found. Floor not marked>
  4933. <Currently 11 sectors. Entrance has been found. The power is on.>
  4934. <This place has also been found. By the way···. It seems like we're about to start working.>
  4935. On the report of such a clan member.
  4936. The government also responded to this.
  4937. "... I am watching."
  4938. Kurrer ruin!
  4939. The light is flashing and something is coming down from above.
  4940. fast.
  4941. It's getting faster and faster.
  4942. Obelisk!
  4943. The huge elevator that started the operation sprang a roar.
  4944.  
  4945. ................................................
  4946.  
  4947. Manager of the yellow zone.
  4948. Clan Road, who took over the authority of the war fortress, spat out a vain voice toward Hansoo, the master of the fragments of the soul.
  4949. "Really ... It's ridiculous, even though it's absolute."
  4950. Kururur.
  4951. As he watched the sight before his eyes, Khan glazed it.
  4952. Dozens of war fortresses, which were regenerated and scattered all over the place, were out of control of Khan.
  4953. Kukku-kung!
  4954. Kung!
  4955. As if something absolute is pulled by force.
  4956. In less than seven years.
  4957. Up to tens of units.
  4958. Kung!
  4959. It was roaring and connected.
  4960. yet.
  4961. Obelisk!
  4962. The moment when a mass of war fortified by seven masses was loaded from the ground into the sky.
  4963. Kwaaan!
  4964. Kwakwang!
  4965. The pillars of the great steel pushed all over the heavens and pierced the masses of the war fortress.
  4966. It's like a well-made sculpture.
  4967. It is not.
  4968. When he saw the scene, Klan Rod, Khan sent a message to the captain of the war fortress scattered in each war fortress.
  4969. "Report the situation."
  4970. The moment the word ends.
  4971. The captains began to freak out a message.
  4972. <ARES-11, main residence area has been penetrated. The entrance to the tower was created.>
  4973. <ARES-14. It is eroded by unknown power. As the internal space is forcibly expanded .... Is isolated from the outside.>
  4974. <ARES-22. We are currently in contact with No. 11 and No. 14. There is a passage above the contact. The six war fortresses that have now collided have all been transformed into an integrated structure.>
  4975. <ARES-77. Unidentified space Tension occurs while .... It is completely isolated from the outside except for the war fortress that is in contact. Maybe to move .... It seems that you can only use this elevator.>
  4976. "... should I use that elevator to go up?"
  4977. When Khan swallows a giant elevator, not knowing what is coming down or what is going to be heard.
  4978. A scream came from a war fort.
  4979. <Damn! The entrance to ARES-11 opened!>
  4980. <... unidentified objects 27 objects entrusted! We are engaged!>
  4981. <... Matches the characteristics of a species called Rudoo-Kyle I mentioned before! Damn ... 1 Bulwark has been destroyed!>
  4982. 'Damn it! already? It's only thirty. "
  4983. Khan screamed at the destructive power beyond imagination.
  4984. "Stop it! Take all the internal defenses of the war fortress!"
  4985. Khan screamed and shouted.
  4986. It responds to the voice of such a cell.
  4987. Kukku Kung.
  4988. Cook.
  4989. All over the tower lined like a sculpture.
  4990. All kinds of clashes began to be heard.
  4991. The bombardment of the war fortress pouring inward.
  4992. This is a collision sound caused by an attack by the races of the Abyss.
  4993.  
  4994. ........................................
  4995.  
  4996. The Obelisk.
  4997. All of the travelers in the green zone swallowed their saliva.
  4998. Coming from the Arctic Icefield.
  4999. In the feast of dozens of spaceships.
  5000. [ASTRO-11]
  5001. [ASTRO-71]
  5002. [ASTRO-98]
  5003. [ASTRO -...]
  5004. Like the yellow zone, they were tied together and connected to each other, and lumps of ship divided into nine lumps clung to the tower which was piled up from the sky.
  5005. Like the stem of a single stem, which makes a giant fruit.
  5006. But there was one exception.
  5007. [ASTRO-1]
  5008. Unlike the other ships that cling to the tower, the ship, which has been standing alone in the sky above the northern ice floe.
  5009. "Thank you."
  5010. "Anyway, I'll take care of it instead of what I have to do."
  5011. Hansoo, who spit out to the fairy, took a deep breath after turning off the screen of the outer wall.
  5012. 'Here's the information.'
  5013. When you solve more, the stronger ones come down in the elevator.
  5014. "Huh ..."
  5015. Hansoo, who was breathing deeply, took all his postures.
  5016. It's not over yet.
  5017. The elf who saw such a kiss opened his mouth with grin.
  5018. "I'll take care of it, I'll talk to you."
  5019. The fairy that left a word disappeared with the sound of Furun.
  5020. "... uh?"
  5021. With the advent of the fairy, the TMT-1, which had stopped like a picture, began to move in spirit.
  5022. At the same time.
  5023. Chi profit.
  5024. The engine room was opened and two engineers appeared.
  5025. Before that, two figures that Hansoo called.
  5026. A citizen of the second class, or a representative of an old person. Major General Cyclus.
  5027. And the person who represents the reformed species or Ain. The prophet Methuselah.
  5028. They were looking tired when they saw the sudden outward work.
  5029. They were all in the past, but what happened outside was an overwhelming sight, never seen before.
  5030. "This is ..."
  5031. As soon as I saw them, Hansoo opened his mouth.
  5032. "Now is the time to go to each other."
  5033. "Everyone?"
  5034. Hansoo nodded his head on the door of Cyclops.
  5035. "Yeah, the plans you were going to run in the past, ah, you know only one side."
  5036. At the end of such a request, Methuselah swallowed the penetration.
  5037. Hansoo's words were true.
  5038. In fact, there was only one plan he had set up.
  5039. <Migration>
  5040. Going out of this planet and going to a new planet where only the reformed species can live.
  5041. Previously it was impossible.
  5042. The Tiamat and the Angry Cat that wanted to keep the secrets prevented the ship from coming up.
  5043. So they hired Hansoo's hand to neutralize the two, and they were planning to leave for the planet, Tiamat.
  5044. 'But···. These were not in the plan. '
  5045. When Methuselah looks at Cyclops.
  5046. Hansoo opened his mouth wide open.
  5047. "Go together, I do not know what variable is on that planet."
  5048. I wanted to erase those from the world who do not know what variables will be in the position of Hansoo.
  5049. And it is not that difficult.
  5050. We have to stop their plans.
  5051. The improved species have the ability to deal with spirits and enormous energy.
  5052. Second class citizens, empires and the people of the kingdom have a large number of manpower and force from elite sicknesses.
  5053. We will never be able to deal with each other because we need each other and the level of force is similar.
  5054. No, one can not leave one side in the first place.
  5055. Even if the ains are going to go their own, the kingdom and the empire will never see it.
  5056. The same is true for second-class citizens.
  5057. Without the redemption, it is impossible to drive this ship to the farthest Tiemet planet.
  5058. When he was in trouble for a while, Methuselah nodded as he sank.
  5059. I did not want to leave.
  5060. In fact, it was originally planned to leave, but if we were given just a little more time, we could get a better conclusion.
  5061. But for a while, Methuselah did not want to stay on this planet anymore.
  5062. The aura that I felt in that tower was really madly ominous.
  5063. Momusela, who had been worried for a moment, opened his mouth toward Hansoo.
  5064. "Some of the injured inhabitants, unable to navigate, volunteered to stay here, but they could not stand a long voyage anyway ... They said they did not want to leave their home ... they would give Ain blessing to you. I guess you guys should get it ... "
  5065. After the horse had finished, Methuselah looked away at the ships that had become part of the elevator.
  5066. All travelers who are already up and coming will never be able to gain the power of the spirit.
  5067. All you have to do is fight against the bizarre races that are popping out of that tower and widening the pacification area in the ship.
  5068. But Hansoo nodded as if there was no difference.
  5069. "If you do not do that, it does not make sense."
  5070. Suddenly I was wondering about Methuselah, who was looking at Hansoo.
  5071. In this upsetting world.
  5072. What does Hansoo do?
  5073. "... what are you going to do now?"
  5074. She said with a smile.
  5075. "Now the role of salvation is over ... I am going to take a vacation."
  5076. '... Vacation?'
  5077. At that end, I heard the TMT-1, which I had heard from the side,
  5078. I was embarrassed by the unbelieving horse's horse enough to break his usual level of consciousness.
  5079. This is a vacation for the imminent situation.
  5080. 'I do not think that much. Is not. No way. What the hell are you thinking? '
  5081. <Shit! What happened to this!>
  5082. <Mr. Hansoo! Kang Sang-soo! Give me some clarification! What the hell did you do?
  5083. Outside.
  5084. The TMT-1 narrowed its pace in the face of frenzied tourists.
  5085.  
  5086. <71. The King's Arms (1)> End
  5087. ? ALLA
  5088. <71. The King's Arms (2)>
  5089.  
  5090. Hansoo shrugged when people looked at it with strange expression.
  5091. "I have a little time to rest, have I been walking alone now?"
  5092. "...Hmm."
  5093. At that end, Methuselah and Cyclus shook his head.
  5094. One is blatantly disappointed.
  5095. One of them did not do it, but with a sad face.
  5096. 'The man is changed so. I'm sorry. '
  5097. The captain, Cyclops, bluntly disappointed, kicked his tongue out.
  5098. Personally, Cyclists is very fond of those who make breaks for the cause, or for the happiness of more people.
  5099. It was a case that became a general to defend the country by oneself.
  5100. So, at first, I met with the enemy, but I was already feeling a lot of affection for Hansoo who was kicking off for his people.
  5101. It was not really easy to devote his life to others.
  5102. But that behavior was not caused by his own will, but by simple bridging.
  5103. When I came to Methuselah I listened to it, but I came up with hope.
  5104. Even if the bridle is released, I wonder if the character and the cause remain.
  5105. But it was a vain hope.
  5106. 'It's disappointing.'
  5107. Cyclus hooked off his interest in Hansoo and turned his back.
  5108. Ms Duskula, who was standing between Cyklus and Hansoo, looked at Hansoo after poking a grim smile.
  5109. "So ... What are you going to do right now?"
  5110. Hansoo who grasped the intuition of the horse said with a smile.
  5111. "Give me down to the right place.Um ... Yeah.I like the inside of the Cheongeang mountain.I have something to do invisible to others."
  5112. I wanted to leave here, so I turned my back to say something, but once I got to know Hansoo, Hansoo made a grievous look, but immediately nodded at me thinking about the goal in front of me.
  5113. It 's urgent to leave here quickly.
  5114. The more time you drag, the more variables you have.
  5115. Nod.
  5116. The TMT-1, recognized by Methuselah, granted permission to turn the ship's nose to the inside of the Cheongeang mountain range, and within a short period of time the floating ship suddenly began to head toward the Cheongeang mountain range, halfway down.
  5117. Cynthus, who looked at such a harshly, could not bear it and spit out a word.
  5118. "You're a fucking bastard, do not you see that mess in your eyes, do not you have any sense of responsibility?"
  5119. In the meantime, Cyclops was still pointing out the outer sight of the ship's large screen.
  5120. The elemental ground of the spirit.
  5121. A scene that is becoming a mess all over.
  5122. "By now, those guys will have noticed that you have forsaken everyone."
  5123. Cyclists saw the people shouting excitedly.
  5124.  
  5125. ...............................................
  5126.  
  5127. "What ... What the hell is this?"
  5128. Looking at the giant elevator looking far away.
  5129. Manuel Zhang, Samuel Kinnear, muttered.
  5130. '... It's incredibly flaming.'
  5131. I was not just talking about energy.
  5132. Ka-ah!
  5133. From the ship that stuck.
  5134. There was a lot of shouting and giggling about to be heard outside.
  5135. Something is broken and crushed.
  5136. Coffin!
  5137. Kwa and the river!
  5138. then.
  5139. I heard a disgruntled mumbling from the side.
  5140. "What the hell ... What happened to this?
  5141. Samuel shook his head to the question of one of the captains.
  5142. I knew nothing about myself at all.
  5143. then.
  5144. John Stone, the deputy commander who was speaking with a disgruntled expression, carefully opened his mouth.
  5145. "What does this have to do with Kang Sang-soo?"
  5146. "... the one?"
  5147. Samuel Kinnar, who was pausing at the end, was pondering.
  5148. '... It's too weird to see that.'
  5149. It is enough to check whether the information is right or wrong, but once the information is true, the value of the information delivered to them is extremely high.
  5150. In a life - threatening situation, a single trunk of knowledge separates life and death.
  5151. However, the fact that the information was released free of charge at no cost is the source of the information.
  5152. How the hell did you find that information?
  5153. If I had known, why have I ever secreted myself so soon after this great change has come?
  5154. '... I do not know. I just let him know how to deal with the monsters coming out of that elevator, and he did not tell me about the war. "
  5155. I was curious as to what was so urgent, just as I needed to summarize the key summary.
  5156. John Stone opened his mouth again to Samuel Kinnar.
  5157. "No, think about it, is not it strange?" The gnome burst out after he had been woken up by something, and the fairy certainly did not say.
  5158. "..."
  5159. Samuel Kinnar narrowed his mind to the word of opportunity.
  5160. He did not like the word fairy, chance.
  5161. For ordinary people, opportunity refers to when you can get something big with relatively little risk.
  5162. In some ways, it is a little different from what it used to be.
  5163. But the fairy is very honest in that respect.
  5164. For a fairy, there is only one chance.
  5165. High risk, high gain.
  5166. A fairy who does not even say opportunity is an opportunity for that huge elevator.
  5167. That means that elevator is extremely dangerous.
  5168. More than the yellow and green zones that they've been through, like hell.
  5169. In that sense, the opportunity that the elf spoke, the one who has brought these crises to them is the strong one, the one who is the one.
  5170. As Samuel 's mistress became more and more narrow, John Stone was godsend.
  5171. "If you do not see it now, then it will come as it is," he said, "but if you do not mind, I would have hooked it and quieted it. "
  5172. "..."
  5173. Samuel also agrees.
  5174. Hansoo, he never liked the inside of me.
  5175. Whenever there was an endurance, I came up with means that I could not imagine, so I pressed it all down and pulled it out.
  5176. Almost like obsession.
  5177. In fact, the red, orange, and yellow zones are all so controlled.
  5178. Now that they are so sad that they do not have control in the green zone.
  5179. All those who had no control and were anxious about sudden changes were all showing their anger and dissatisfaction.
  5180. "... damn it! Please explain it to me!"
  5181. "What the hell is this!"
  5182. But it was one of the reasons why people were full of complaints but were not upset.
  5183. Far away.
  5184. Ain who has not left yet and surrounds them.
  5185. Because of their presence.
  5186. In this situation, the power of the Ain is clearly above them.
  5187. It is overwhelming.
  5188. What if Ain was a number of spleen prepared by Hansoo for control?
  5189. If you take a half-life, you may get close control of genocide or oppression.
  5190. '... and if you can not do it, you may have to take the lead.'
  5191. Looks over there.
  5192. On going into the giant elevator hanging on the godless door.
  5193. If you have to use a meat shield, you hear it and hear it.
  5194. Which of these two would you use as a meat shield?
  5195. 'Damn it ... . It's so sad because it's too realistic. '
  5196. Samuel Kinnar murmured into the inside.
  5197. In common sense, it was difficult to see that those who care about control in the red, orange, and yellow zones did not care about the green zone.
  5198. Indeed, in the yellow zone, they did not bring themselves up in the first place until the control of the war fortress was established.
  5199. Despite being more comfortable if we fought with them.
  5200. People like yourself have already reached this level and have been calming down at the complaints.
  5201. 'It's really great.'
  5202. Samuel Kidar kicked his tongue out of sight.
  5203. He is not even here.
  5204. But everyone is worrying about his usual habits one by one.
  5205. When Samuel is tired of the nonsense influence.
  5206. Kugugugugu palace.
  5207. Far away.
  5208. A ship that was not attached to the elevator, which was heading for the mountains, started flying towards them.
  5209. It was really fast to reach over their heads, even though they had flown away from the Cheonan mountain range, because the speed was so great that it was designed to sail the universe.
  5210. Obelisk!
  5211. Samuel Kinyar, who was about to be swept away by the aftermath of a huge ship, frowned upon his posture.
  5212. 'Look at you. I already have it ready. '
  5213. Those who had complained so far have become close together as soon as the ship has reached the top of their heads.
  5214. 'But I came back ... . You can hear what's going on. "
  5215. I confirmed that the vessel was riding in that ship.
  5216. The ship has returned to this place, so at least you can hear the explanation.
  5217. The moment Samuel Kinnar sighs as he watches the quiescent moment.
  5218. "Everyone is on board! It's time to finally leave!"
  5219. Not the expected voice, but a much thinner and more loud voice burst from the entrance of the ship.
  5220. '... is not he?'
  5221. Where Samuel Kinnar turned his gaze.
  5222. Methuselah was standing, not Han, but shouting loudly toward the Ainites.
  5223. 'what. Kang Hsu You ... . Where have you been? "
  5224. When Samuel Kinyar is making an impatient look and narrowing the impression.
  5225. To make matters worse, something even more unusual happened.
  5226. Tatata Tak!
  5227. Carara Rock!
  5228. From a distance.
  5229. The Ain, who thought they were guarding themselves, started to fly inside the ship at once.
  5230. 'What the hell is this ... . '
  5231. The moment Samuel Kinnar was embarrassed and opened his mouth.
  5232. There was a person who asked a question earlier.
  5233. "Hey! There! Look! Where are you guys going?"
  5234. '... John Stone is a fool. So aggressively ask. '
  5235. The same thing makes the feeling completely different depending on the language.
  5236. Although Samuel tried to question John Stone, who was asking in an aggressive tone, unlike the expectation of Samuel.
  5237. Methuselah did not feel uncomfortable and answered Johnston's questions in a straightforward way.
  5238. "We will leave this planet now, because we do not want to live here anymore."
  5239. "What?"
  5240. Samuel looked at the Ain with surprised expression.
  5241. Almost all of the thousands of boys were on board.
  5242. We can not control ourselves by the number of people remaining.
  5243. 'Was not it the person who was trying to control us?'
  5244. When Samuel and the men of the world are embarrassed in the situation that is different from the expectation.
  5245. John Stone seems to have expected something.
  5246. It was in the tone that I knew it.
  5247. "Then do you know where he went?"
  5248. Though it was a tone,
  5249. Methuselah answered politely without losing a smile on his face.
  5250. "He left our boat before, and he told me to come down to see him."
  5251. The moment I heard that.
  5252. John Stone shouted with a lucid face.
  5253. "I thought I would do this! Come on! This is what the young man caused!
  5254. It was moments when John Stone cried out all over the place.
  5255. Male breeding.
  5256. The anxiety that the person who will hold the center in this situation has disappeared.
  5257. The sense of liberty that the control book that suppresses them has disappeared.
  5258. "Burning ... Is this really true?"
  5259. "Damn ... What happened to it!"
  5260. Turbulence began to take place in all directions.
  5261. And looking at it.
  5262. Samuel Kinyar narrowed the Mishan.
  5263. "John Stone. What are you thinking? '
  5264. John Stone is wild, but the chief of staff.
  5265. I can never act like this without thinking.
  5266. It is very clear to me that there is nothing better to make people uneasy in this situation, where new threats are obvious outside.
  5267. Samuel looked at John Stone with a bruised eye.
  5268.  
  5269. ..................................
  5270.  
  5271. Beneath the Cheonan mountain range.
  5272. There were two shadows in the blizzard mountain range, where life could not live.
  5273. Unlike the one who said that he was going to take a vacation, a shadow with a tired expression.
  5274. A shadow of a small creature floating in the air with a smile and a sharp smile on what is so pleasant.
  5275. "Ah, ha ha ha ha ha ha ha ha ha ha ha ha ha ha ha ha ha ha ha ha ha ha ha ha ha ha ha ha ha ha ha ha ha ha ha ha ha ha ha ha ha ha ha ha ha ha ha ha ha ha ha ha ha ha ha.
  5276. "There is something wrong."
  5277. 'But ... it is doing well.'
  5278. Hansoo, who was lying down and contemplating the inside carefully, looked at the fairy and said gently.
  5279.  
  5280.  
  5281.  
  5282.  
  5283.  
  5284. <71. The King's Arms (2)> End
  5285. ? ALLA
  5286. <71. The Prince's Egg (3) - Part 1. Complete Savior. >
  5287.  
  5288.  
  5289.  
  5290.  
  5291.  
  5292. From now on,
  5293. Not a savior.
  5294. It is the devil.
  5295.  
  5296. .........................
  5297.  
  5298. Hansoo said, looking at the fairy that is muttering with the expression that it is interesting looking at the situation going far away.
  5299. "Well ... if you want to use your hands, you should be able to use your hands."
  5300. 'It does not make sense.'
  5301. Wood gain.
  5302. I muttered with the expression that Hansoo who was contemplating inside of his body was exhausted.
  5303. As if Hansoo seemed not to be worried about her, she laughed and opened her mouth toward Hansoo.
  5304. "I do not think I'll get bored if I do not ... How do you think you should rest?"
  5305. In the question of the fairy asking himself.
  5306. She listened to two fingers.
  5307. "Two years, I'm fixing this damn body."
  5308. His words to say that he was on vacation were never a lie.
  5309. You really have to rest.
  5310. No, I have to recover.
  5311. To climb up.
  5312. 2 years.
  5313. The time it takes for you to fix this body and set foot on your way to the next step.
  5314. And it is time for travelers who are ready to stand up to step on their footsteps and go through the upper zone by themselves.
  5315. As if you were not yet qualified to govern us, Hansoo, who had forcibly suppressed the three seeds that were raging in the body, opened his mouth.
  5316. "I've put a few things in it, and it's not even that way yet."
  5317. Among the memories I lost were memories of the ruin.
  5318. In spite of the fragments that Eres and Keldian have planted, their consciousness has collided and cracked.
  5319. I put three seeds of the destroyer.
  5320. The soul is bound to the body.
  5321. For nearly 50 years, the souls that have been trained to deal with the seven skills and have been trained to the extreme have also been weakened to the flesh, and such souls can not hold three destroyers.
  5322. Unless it was not the ability to control the instincts of the Seven Stars or the Seven Skills of the Seven Stars and engraved in the soul, it could have already been smashed or burdensome.
  5323. At the end of such a request, the fairy smiled and asked.
  5324. "Well, I'll take care of the rest ... I'll have to reward you by the way.
  5325. At that end, she shook her head with tired expression.
  5326. This is not a situation that I can afford now.
  5327. "Give me the immortal soul."
  5328. You should not be greedy for zero numbering.
  5329. Because I come out randomly, I do not know what will come out.
  5330. Now I need to be myself.
  5331. Immortal soul.
  5332. Solo Numbering 1 skill to train your soul and body close to extreme.
  5333. This skill, which boasts the highest efficiency among the discovered skills, is no different compared to zero numbering.
  5334. In order to cure a broken and broken body,
  5335. To be precise, immortal soul is needed to shorten the period as much as possible.
  5336. Now his body and soul were so broken.
  5337. '... damn it. The fragments of the soul do not work either. '
  5338. I wrote uncomfortably even to the fragment of the Seven Horns, which gives a huge burden to the soul with the broken soul.
  5339. To send information beyond dimension.
  5340. 'It really is a pity.'
  5341. If you are stunned in the middle, the Ain and the second class citizens have been given the spirit until the end, but it is really the limit now.
  5342. I want to leave a few words to add something, but when I try to play it,
  5343. "Take a break, now."
  5344. The fairy nodded her head and pulled something out of the air and put it into her body.
  5345. At the same time.
  5346. The Obelisk.
  5347. The power that came into Hansoo's body, <Immortal Soul>, began to work fiercely.
  5348. At the same time.
  5349. It is.
  5350. B.
  5351. Something was leaking out from Hansoo's pores and began to surround Hansoo.
  5352. The silvery liquid that filled the inside of the body wrapped round the water and slowly began to harden.
  5353. Like an egg shape.
  5354. At the same time.
  5355. The Obelisk.
  5356. The power of the elemental spirit in the body of Han Soo acted fiercely and began to suck the energy of the spirit vigorously around Hansoo.
  5357. The skill that entered into the body of Hansoo, <immortal soul> began to work in earnest.
  5358. The basis of the immortal soul is survival.
  5359. Adjust all abilities to survive.
  5360. Pull the magic power to destroy the broken soul, and make the foundation for the wrecker to grow.
  5361. The spirit collects energy from all sides and helps the recovery.
  5362. Liquids used in physical strengthening treatments constantly supply nutrition and block all elements that may interfere with recovery from the outside.
  5363. The moment the egg is finished.
  5364. Hansoo said, vacation starts.
  5365. Two years, a long vacation.
  5366. The fairy who watched the sight now went to the silvery liquid covered under the face and muttered.
  5367. "I'll be waiting for you."
  5368. The fairy who finished speaking is far away.
  5369. Beyond the Cheonan mountain range, I glanced at the gathering of travelers and muttered.
  5370.  
  5371. .....................................
  5372.  
  5373. '... went away?'
  5374. The moment I heard the bustle of people.
  5375. Samuel Kinari realized within me exactly where this anxiety he felt was originating from.
  5376. This insecurity was not simply caused by the pouring of powerful tribes, which had a different dimension from that of the Abyss.
  5377. No, not exactly, but there was a bigger problem for Hansoo.
  5378. Previously, Han's attitude to everyone ...
  5379. '... You were about to leave. It was already a decision. "
  5380. Samuel made a faint look.
  5381. I felt like one of the axes in my mind had disappeared.
  5382. At the same time, the vacancy started to feel big.
  5383. '... No. No. You···. You led us. I brought you here. We should do that in the future. '
  5384. Did man's ability be relative?
  5385. I was recognized for my ability to lead ten thousand people myself.
  5386. Hansoo was in a position to lead tens of thousands of such people at the same time.
  5387. Besides, the unidentified elevator which came in front of you.
  5388. From the elevator to the races of the Abyss.
  5389. Samuel instantly fell into panic.
  5390. It was Samuel, not to mention others.
  5391. "Damn it! If you go away alone!"
  5392. "Damn! What the hell is this!"
  5393. Kwaan!
  5394. Kwang!
  5395. There is nothing that can be seen because the people who are the target of the border are disappearing.
  5396. In the hands of the people, the anger-filled skills burst out and quickly turned into a riot-like state.
  5397. "God damn it!
  5398. "This is not the time! These kids! Keep the rules!"
  5399. People who did not lose their temper were trying to control the travelers, but in the beginning they were not easy to control because they were not able to accept the situation right now.
  5400. Towards Samuel, who was staring at the scene of the madness slowly spreading.
  5401. "This is such a damn thing ....
  5402. John Stone, who was yelling at whispering whales' hate as a traitor, approached and laid them down.
  5403. "What are you doing like an idiot?" "It's better to be a lorore lorean clan."
  5404. "... John."
  5405. John seemed once again to Samuel, as Samuel seemed to be in the midst of such John Stone's disgust.
  5406. "As the fairy said ... it's an opportunity, we promised you to go upstairs unconditionally."
  5407. Then John Stone pointed to the giant elevator, looking far away.
  5408. "Below is already ... You can not escape from the influence of the Hansoo who is the Savior of the Savior, but the bottom is already there. It's totally free! "
  5409. Then John Stone whispered all over the place.
  5410. "There is no man to restrain us, and a man who was standing before us has disappeared, too, for a reason, but that is not important. I do not know what to do when this happens. "
  5411. At the end of such John Stone.
  5412. Samuel Kinnear's eyes began to flourish.
  5413. "... I have to eat it."
  5414. The head is gone.
  5415. The torso remained intact.
  5416. And in that huge tower that will be a battlefield now.
  5417. Nothing is as important as the forces that are greater than others.
  5418. Then Samuel greatly nodded John Stone.
  5419. That moment.
  5420. Samuel immediately knew what he had to do.
  5421. It is surprisingly simple that the flag is set up to collect and bundle people.
  5422. 'Makes the enemy.'
  5423. And in the present situation.
  5424. The easiest to become enemies.
  5425. The majority have the most enemy.
  5426. The moment I made the decision.
  5427. '... there is no bad feeling. You will not regret it because you left us first. "
  5428. Samuel murmured into the air and then shouted loudly.
  5429. "Fucking kid, Kang, has abandoned us! Now we have to go through our power!"
  5430. 'We will be the best.'
  5431. In that towering tower.
  5432. It will occupy the best position.
  5433. John Stone, who had a satisfying look at Samuel, began to shout loudly along with Samuel.
  5434. "Son of a dog!" He pretended to be a savior, and he made this frenzy and abandoned us! "
  5435. I'm sorry.
  5436. Enviarin and Karhall, including those of deeply familiar with Hansoo, came out of their mouths.
  5437. "This fucking kid is real!"
  5438. yet.
  5439. Those who followed Hansoo.
  5440. Among those who blame Hansoo and create new opportunities.
  5441. Harsh swearing and yelling, and a collision sound began to come.
  5442.  
  5443. .....................................
  5444.  
  5445. "Hey, did not you leave it so freewheeling?
  5446. In the words of a fairy who sings in front of herself.
  5447. Hansoo laughed, smiling half-closed.
  5448. "Everybody will do well and they'll be busy."
  5449. You can not fight your life with your elevator in front of you.
  5450. Everybody knows what's more important.
  5451. I wonder if the words of such Hansoo have fallen.
  5452. The fairy rubbed her mouth and replied.
  5453. "I think it's annoying because I think it's okay, but I'll have to let the uninvited people disappear.
  5454. "do it."
  5455. With such permission.
  5456. The fairy smiled and asked.
  5457. "What will you do when you come out?"
  5458. Two years is a really long time.
  5459. There will be a lot of changes by the time Kang Sui comes out.
  5460. At the end of such a fairy.
  5461. Hansoo's eyes glowed as he was wound.
  5462. Then he spit out his mouth with his mouth between the covered shells.
  5463. "Devil."
  5464. "Ow.
  5465. The face of a fairy that makes a grimace last.
  5466. It's just that.
  5467. The egg shell completely covered the body and body of Hansoo.
  5468. The little fairy, gazing at the silvery egg left alone on the plain of the whites, grinned and threw the final word.
  5469. "good night."
  5470. The fairy who threw the last greeting toward the egg grinned and closed the space and disappeared.
  5471. Hou Wu Woong.
  5472. A corner of the Cheonan mountain range.
  5473. The egg, completely rounded, slowly fell into a raging blizzard and began to hide its trace.
  5474. Sleeping in the eggs, leaving only one man.
  5475.  
  5476. ...................................
  5477.  
  5478. The world turns around.
  5479. The ceiling disappeared and the collar disappeared.
  5480. Only siblings who know only how to bite others can survive.
  5481. Those who know only that they will lose their fullness of greed can become strong without end.
  5482. It must be cruel and greedy enough to be called a demon.
  5483. That's it.
  5484. Even if the ceiling is broken, it is not easy to go to the ceiling.
  5485. If you cross the high ceiling and cross that line, you should do that much.
  5486. Unfaithful.
  5487. To be strong enough to deal with the world alone, it should be enough.
  5488. It should be called a demon.
  5489. It can be transcendent.
  5490. And.
  5491. In a world that will change.
  5492. I become the devil.
  5493. Devil.
  5494. The King of Ma.
  5495. Become your king, to be called a demon.
  5496. Fill your collar with you who are strong enough to be called a demon.
  5497. Against the Abyss.
  5498. He stands at the forefront and becomes the king to fight.
  5499. So let 's have a good time.
  5500. Until I go up.
  5501. Go up high.
  5502. Even higher.
  5503. Continue up the tower.
  5504. To where I deserve to catch up.
  5505. <71. The King's Egg (3) - Part 1. Complete Savior. > End
Advertisement
Add Comment
Please, Sign In to add comment
Advertisement